SCD LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 10, 2025

Securities Act Registration No. 333-[ ]

Investment Company Registration No. 811-21467

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ☒

Pre-Effective Amendment No. ☐

Post-Effective Amendment No. ☐

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ☒

Amendment No. 6 ☒

 

 

LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

620 Eighth Avenue, 47^th Floor

New York, New York 10018

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(888) 777-0102

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Jane Trust

Franklin Templeton

620 Eighth Avenue, 47^th Floor

New York, New York 10018

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

Copies to:

 

David W. Blass, Esq. Ryan P. Brizek, Esq. Debra Sutter, Esq. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 900 G Street NW Washington, DC 20001		Marc A. De Oliveira, Esq. Franklin Templeton 100 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box ☐.

If any of the securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. ☒

If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction A.2 or a post-effective amendment thereto, check the following box ☒.

If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction B or a post-effective amendment thereto that will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box ☐.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction B to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box ☐.

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

☐

when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c)

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

☐

This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed registration statement.

 

☐

This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is     .

 

☐

This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is     .

 

☐

This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is     .

Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant:

 

☒

Registered Closed-End Fund (closed-end company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”)).

 

☐

Business Development Company (closed-end company that intends or has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act).

 

☐

Interval Fund (Registered Closed-End Fund or a Business Development Company that makes periodic repurchase offers under Rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act).

 

☒

A.2 Qualified (qualified to register securities pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of this Form).

 

☐

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (as defined by Rule 405 under the Securities Act).

 

☐

Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”).

 

☐

If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act.

 

☐

New Registrant (registered or regulated under the Investment Company Act for less than 12 calendar months preceding this filing).

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

---

The information in this Preliminary Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Preliminary Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JANUARY 10, 2025

PRELIMINARY BASE PROSPECTUS

$[    ]

LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc.

Common Stock

Subscription Rights to Purchase Common Stock

 

 

The Fund. LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

Investment Objective. The Fund’s primary investment objective is total return with an emphasis on income. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Investment Strategies. Under normal market conditions, the Fund seeks to maximize total return by investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets (defined below) in a broad range of equity and fixed income securities of both U.S. and foreign issuers. The Fund will vary its allocation between equity and fixed income securities depending on ClearBridge Investments, LLC’s (“ClearBridge”) view of economic, market or political conditions, fiscal and monetary policy and security valuation. “Managed Assets” means the Fund’s average daily net assets plus the proceeds of any outstanding borrowings used for leverage and any proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock.

The Fund’s shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading or “ticker” symbol “SCD.” The net asset value of our Common Stock at the close of business on [   ], 2025 was $[   ] per share, and the last sale price per share of our Common Stock on the NYSE on that date was $[   ].

Offering. The Fund may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, our Common Stock, which we also refer to as our securities, at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more Prospectus Supplements to this Prospectus.

We may offer and sell our securities to or through underwriters, through dealers or agents that we designate from time to time, directly to purchasers, through at-the-market offerings or through a combination of these methods. An at-the-market offering is an offering where the price per share of the Fund’s common stock is determined by the market price per share of the Fund’s outstanding common stock as of the time of each take-down offering. If an offering of securities involves any underwriters, dealers or agents, then the applicable Prospectus Supplement will name the underwriters, dealers or agents and will provide information regarding any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangements made with those underwriters, dealers or agents or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “Plan of Distribution—Distribution Through Agents,” “—Distribution Through Underwriters” and “—Distribution Through Dealers.” We may not sell any of our securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of our securities.

Investment Manager and Subadviser. Franklin Templeton Fund Adviser, LLC (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC) (“FTFA” or the “Investment Manager”), the Fund’s investment manager, supervises the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio by ClearBridge, Western Asset Management Company, LLC (“Western Asset”) and Western Asset Management Company Limited (“Western Asset London,” and with ClearBridge and Western Asset, collectively, the “Subadvisers”) and provides administrative and management services to the Fund.

Investing in the Fund’s securities involves certain risks, including risks that make the offering of securities speculative (See “Risks—Below Investment Grade (High-Yield or Junk Bond) Securities Risk”). You could lose some or all of your investment. See “Risks” beginning on page 41 of this Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Prospectus dated     , 2025.

(continued on following page)

---

(continued from previous page)

ClearBridge provides investment advisory services to the Fund by both determining the allocation of the Fund’s assets between equity and fixed income investments and performing the day-to-day management of the Fund’s investments in equity securities. As of [   ], 2024, ClearBridge and its supervised affiliates had approximately $[    ] billion in assets under management.

Western Asset is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund’s fixed income securities, subject to the supervision of the Fund’s Board of Directors and FTFA. As of [   ], 2024, Western Asset and its supervised affiliates total assets under management were approximately $[    ] billion.

Western Asset London provides certain subadvisory services to the Fund relating to currency transactions and investments in non-U.S. dollar denominated debt securities. FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset London are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Franklin Resources, Inc., a global investment management organization operating as Franklin Templeton.

Leverage. The Fund may seek to enhance the level of its current distributions to holders of Common Stock (“Common Stockholders”) through the use of leverage. The Fund may use leverage directly at the fund level through borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions, the use of reverse repurchase agreements and/or the issuance of debt securities (collectively, “Borrowings”), and possibly through the issuance of preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”). The Fund may use leverage through Borrowings in an aggregate amount of up to approximately 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, “total net assets”) immediately after such Borrowings. Furthermore, the Fund may use leverage through the issuance of Preferred Stock in an aggregate amount of liquidation preference attributable to the Preferred Stock combined with the aggregate amount of any Borrowings of up to approximately 50% of the Fund’s total net assets immediately after such issuance. Currently, the Fund has no intention to issue notes or debt securities or Preferred Stock. In addition, the Fund may enter into additional reverse repurchase agreements and/or use similar investment management techniques that may provide leverage, subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. Under Rule 18f-4(d), the Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions in reliance on the rule if the Fund either (i) complies with the asset coverage requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act, and combines the aggregate amount of indebtedness associated with all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating its asset coverage ratio; or (ii) treats all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions as derivatives transactions for all purposes under the rule.

A distribution by the Fund consisting of a return of capital should not be considered a dividend yield or total return of an investment in the Fund’s Common Stock. Common Stockholders who receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Stockholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Fund is net profits. In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation in which a Fund distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of a stockholder’s investment in the Fund, rather than making a distribution that is funded from the Fund’s earned income or other profits. Although return of capital distributions may not be currently taxable, such distributions would decrease the basis of a stockholder’s shares (but not below zero), and therefore may increase a stockholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of shares, even if sold at a loss to the stockholder’s original investment.

The Fund currently uses leverage through Borrowings and as of [   ], 2024, [   ]% of the Fund’s gross assets were levered. See “Leverage,” “Description of Shares—Preferred Stock” and “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Leverage Risk.”

This Prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, we may offer, from time to time, separately or together in one or more offerings, the securities described in this Prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more supplements to this Prospectus. This Prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this Prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a Prospectus Supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The Prospectus Supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this Prospectus. This Prospectus, together with any Prospectus Supplement, sets forth concisely the information about us that a prospective investor ought to know before investing. You should read this Prospectus and the related Prospectus Supplement before deciding whether to invest and retain them for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated     , 2025 (the “SAI”), containing

---

additional information about us, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the SAI (the table of contents of which is on page i of this Prospectus), annual and semi-annual reports to stockholders (when available), and additional information about the Fund by calling (888) 777-0102, by writing to the Fund at 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10018 or visiting the Fund’s website (http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds).

The information contained in, or accessed through, the Fund’s website is not part of this Prospectus. You may also obtain a copy of the SAI (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information relating to the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

Such materials, as well as the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports (when available) and other information regarding the Fund, are also available on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

As permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, the Fund does not intend to mail paper copies of the Fund’s stockholder reports, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from the Fund or from your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank). Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report. If you invest through a financial intermediary and you already elected to receive stockholder reports electronically (“e-delivery”), you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. If you have not already elected e-delivery, you may elect to receive stockholder reports and other communications from the Fund electronically by contacting your financial intermediary. You may elect to receive all reports in paper free of charge. If you invest through a financial intermediary, you can contact your financial intermediary to request that you receive paper copies of your stockholder reports. That election will apply to all legacy Legg Mason funds held in your account at that financial intermediary. If you are a direct stockholder with the Fund, you can call the Fund at 1-888-888-0151, or write to the Fund by regular mail at P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, KY 40233 or by overnight delivery to Computershare, 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600, Louisville, KY 40202 to let the Fund know you wish to receive paper copies of your stockholder reports. That election will apply to all legacy Legg Mason funds held in your account held directly with the fund complex.

Shares of common stock of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at discounts to their net asset values. If our Common Stock trades at a discount to our net asset value, the risk of loss may increase for purchasers of our Common Stock, especially for those investors who expect to sell their shares of Common Stock in a relatively short period after purchasing shares in this offering. See “Risks—Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value Risk.”

The Fund’s securities do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency.

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
Prospectus Summary			1
Summary of Fund Expenses			24
Financial Highlights			26
Senior Securities			28
The Fund			29
Use of Proceeds			30
Market and Net Asset Value Information			31
The Fund’s Investments			32
Leverage			38
Risks			41
Management of the Fund			58
Net Asset Value			65
Distributions			66
Dividend Reinvestment Plan			67
Description of Shares			69
Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws			72
Repurchase of Fund Shares			76
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations			77
Plan of Distribution			81
Custodian and Transfer Agent			85
Legal Matters			85
Incorporation by Reference			85
Financial Statements			85
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			86
Where You Can Find More Information			86

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted or where the person making the offer or sale is not qualified to do so or to any person to whom it is not permitted to make such offer or sale. You should assume that the information appearing in this Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement is accurate only as of the respective dates on their front covers, regardless of the time of delivery of this Prospectus, any Prospectus Supplement, or any sale of our securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

---

 

1

---

 

2

---

 

3

---

 

4

---

 

5

---

 

6

---

 

7

---

 

8

---

 

9

---

 

10

---

 

11

---

 

12

---

 

13

---

 

14

---

 

15

---

 

16

---

 

17

---

 

18

---

 

19

---

 

20

---

 

21

---

 

22

---

 

23

---

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

The purpose of the following table and example is to help you understand all fees and expenses holders of Common Stock would bear directly or indirectly. The table below is based on the capital structure of the Fund as of November 30, 2024 (except as noted below).

STOCKHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

 

Sales Load (percentage of offering price)			—	%(1)
Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (percentage of offering price)			—	%(2)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Per Transaction Fee to Sell Shares Obtained Pursuant to the Plan		$	5.00	(3)

TOTAL TRANSACTION EXPENSES (as a percentage of offering price)⁽⁴⁾

 

		Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Stock (Assumes Leverage is Used)
ANNUAL EXPENSES
Management Fees(5)			1.05%
Interest Payment on Borrowed Funds(6)			1.44%
Other Expenses(7)			0.16%
TOTAL ANNUAL EXPENSES			2.65%

 

(1)	The sales load will apply only if the securities to which this Prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters. In such case, a corresponding Prospectus Supplement will disclose the applicable sales load.

(2)	The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose the estimated amount of offering expenses, the offering price and the offering expenses borne by the Fund as a percentage of the offering price.

(3)

Common Stockholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct the Plan Agent (defined below) to sell Common Stock held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” There are no fees charged to stockholders for participating in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. However, stockholders participating in the plan that elect to sell their shares obtained pursuant to the plan would pay $5.00 per transaction to sell shares.

(4)	The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose the offering price and the total stockholder transaction expenses as a percentage of the offering price.

(5)

The Investment Manager receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 0.85% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means net assets plus the amount of any outstanding borrowings used for leverage and assets attributable to any preferred stock that may be outstanding. If the Fund were to use leverage, the amount of management fees paid to the Investment Manager will be higher than if the Fund does not use leverage because the fees paid are calculated on the Fund’s Managed Assets.

(6)

The Fund enters into reverse repurchase agreements. The expenses and rates associated with leverage may vary as and when Borrowings or issuances of Preferred Stock are made. “Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds” reflects an annualized interest charge based on the interest rate and borrowings in effect on November 30, 2024

(7)	Expenses based on amounts incurred in the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024.

 

24

---

Example¹

The following example illustrates the hypothetical expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Stock, assuming (i) “Total Annual Expenses” of 2.65% of net assets attributable to Common Stock (which assumes the Fund’s use of leverage in an aggregate amount equal to 19.03% of the Fund’s Managed Assets) and (ii) a 5% annual return:

 

1 Year				3 Years				5 Years				10 Years
$	27			$	82			$	140			$	298

 

1

The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. The example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

 

25

---

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance. Unless otherwise noted, the information in this table has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s financial statements and the notes thereto. The financial information for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2024, 2023, 2022, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017 have been audited by [●], the independent registered accounting firm of the Fund. [●]’s report on such financial statements, including the financial highlights for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2024, 2023, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the financial statements of the Fund, is contained in the Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and the SAI. The information for the years prior to the fiscal year ended 2017 was audited by the Fund’s prior independent registered public accounting firm.

For a common share of capital stock outstanding throughout each year ended November 30, unless otherwise noted:

 

2024(1)

2023(1)

2022(1)

2021(1)

2020(1)

2019(1)

Net asset value, beginning of period

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

Income (loss) from operations:

Net investment income

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Total income (loss) from operations

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Less distributions from:

Net investment income

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Return of capital

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Total distributions

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Anti-dilutive impact of repurchase plan

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Capital Contributions

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Net asset value, end of period

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

Market price, end of period

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

Total return, based on NAV(4)(5)

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

Total return, based on Market Price(7)

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

Net assets, end of period (millions)

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

Ratios to average net assets:

Gross expenses

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

Net expenses(7)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Net investment income

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Portfolio turnover rate

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

Supplemental data:

Loan Outstanding, End of Period (000s)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Asset Coverage Ratio for Loan Outstanding(9)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Asset Coverage, per $1,000 Principal Amount of Loan Outstanding(9)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Weighted Average Loan (000s)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Weighted Average Interest Rate on Loan

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

 

(1)	Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

(2)

[ ].

 

26

---

2018(1)

2017(1)

2016(1)

2015(1)

Net asset value, beginning of year

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

Income (loss) from operations:

Net investment income

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Total income (loss) from operations

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Less distributions from:

Net investment income

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Return of capital

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Total distributions

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Net asset value, end of year

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

Market price, end of year

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

Total return, based on NAV(2)(3)

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

Total return, based on Market Price(4)

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

Net assets, end of year (millions)

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

$

[

●]

Ratios to average net assets:

Gross expenses

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

Net expenses

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Net investment income

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Portfolio turnover rate

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

[

●]%

Supplemental data:

Loans Outstanding, End of Year (000s)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Asset Coverage for Loan Outstanding(5)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Asset Coverage, per $1,000 Principal Amount of Loan Outstanding(5)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Weighted Average Loan (000s)

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

Weighted Average Interest Rate on Loans

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

[

●]

 

(1)	Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

(2)

[ ]

 

27

---

SENIOR SECURITIES

The table below sets forth the senior securities outstanding as of the end of the Fund’s fiscal years or periods ended 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023 and 2024. The senior securities information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, 2022, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017 have been audited by [●]. The information for the years prior to the fiscal year ended 2017 was audited by the Fund’s prior independent registered public accounting firm.

[To come.]

 

28

---

THE FUND

The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was incorporated as a Maryland corporation on November 12, 2003. The Fund’s principal executive office is located at 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, New York 10018, and its telephone number is (888) 777-0102.

 

29

---

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless otherwise specified in a Prospectus Supplement, the Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of any offering of its securities in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated herein. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in accordance with its investment objective and policies within three months after the completion of any offering.

 

30

---

MARKET AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION

The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SCD.” Our Common Stock commenced trading on the NYSE on February 25, 2004.

Our Common Stock has traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to the Fund’s net asset value per share. Although our Common Stock has traded at a premium to net asset value, we cannot assure that this will occur after any offering or that the Common Stock will not trade at a discount in the future. Our issuance of additional Common Stock may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for our Common Stock by increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available, which may create downward pressure on the market price for our Common Stock. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to net asset value. See “Risks—Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value Risk.”

The following table sets forth for each of the periods indicated the range of high and low closing sale price of our Common Stock and the quarter-end sale price, each as reported on the NYSE, the net asset value per share of Common Stock and the premium or discount to net asset value per share at which our shares were trading. Net asset value is generally determined on each business day that the NYSE is open for business. See “Net Asset Value” for information as to the determination of our net asset value.

 

Price Range

NAV(1)

High

Low

Premium of High Sales Price to NAV(2)

Premium of Low Sales Price to NAV(2)

Fiscal Year Ending November 30, 2024

Fourth Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

([

])%

([ ])%

Third Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

([

])%

([ ])%

Second Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

([

])%

([ ])%

First Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

([

])%

([ ])%

Fiscal Year Ending November 30, 2023

Fourth Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

([

])%

([ ])%

Third Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

[

]%

([ ])%

Second Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

[

]%

([ ])%

First Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

[

]%

([ ])%

Fiscal Year Ending November 30, 2022

Fourth Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

[

]%

([ ])%

Third Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

[

]%

([ ])%

Second Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

[

]%

([ ])%

First Quarter

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

$

[ ]

[

]%

([ ])%

 

Source of market prices: NYSE

(1)

Net asset value per share is determined as of close of business on the last day of the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the net asset value per share on the date of the high and low closing sales prices, which may or may not fall on the last day of the quarter. Net asset value per share is calculated as described in “Net Asset Value.”

(2)	Calculated as of the quarter-end closing sales price divided by the quarter-end net asset value.

On [ ], 2025, the last reported sale price of our Common Stock on the NYSE was $[ ], which represented a [ ] of approximately [ ]% to the net asset value per share reported by us on that date.

As of [ ], 2025, we had approximately [ ] million shares of Common Stock outstanding and we had net assets applicable to Common Stockholders of approximately $[ ] million.

 

31

---

THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is total return with an emphasis on income. There can be no assurance the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

This section provides additional information about the Fund’s investments and certain portfolio management techniques the Fund may use. More information about the Fund’s investments and portfolio management techniques and the associated risks is included in the SAI.

Investment Strategies

Under normal market conditions, the Fund seeks to maximize total return by investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in a broad range of equity and fixed income securities of both U.S. and foreign issuers. The Fund will vary its allocation between equity and fixed income securities depending on ClearBridge’s view of economic, market and political conditions, fiscal and monetary policy and security valuation. The Investment Manager has delegated to ClearBridge, one of the Fund’s subadvisers, the Fund’s allocation between equity and fixed income securities, as well as the Fund’s equity investments in general. A portfolio management team at Western Asset, the Fund’s other subadviser, manages the fixed income portion of the Fund. Depending on ClearBridge’s view of these factors, which may vary from time to time, ClearBridge may allocate substantially all of the investments in the portfolio to equity securities or fixed income securities.

The Fund’s investments in equity securities will include, among other securities, common stock traded on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market, preferred stocks, warrants, rights, convertible securities, depositary receipts, trust certificates, real estate investment trusts, limited partnership interests, equity-linked debt securities and shares of other investment companies. The Fund’s investments in fixed income securities will include, among other securities, corporate bonds, mortgage and asset backed securities, U.S. government obligations, investment grade and high yield debt, including emerging market debt and high yield sovereign debt, and loans. The Fund may invest without limit in both energy and non-energy master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), so long as no more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets are invested in MLPs that are treated as qualified publicly traded partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

As noted above, the Fund may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse economic, market or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any non-corporate issuer, including high-quality, short-term debt securities or cash. If the Fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

The Fund may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in illiquid securities, which are securities that cannot be sold within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities. See “The Fund’s Investments” for additional information on the types of securities in which the Fund may invest.

In selecting investments for the Fund, the Fund’s Investment Manager employs fundamental research and due diligence to an issuer’s: growth potential, stock price, potential appreciation and valuation; credit quality, taking into account financial condition and profitability; future capital needs; potential for change in bond rating and industry outlook; and competitive environment and management ability.

Percentage Limitations. Compliance with any policy or limitation for the Fund that is expressed as a percentage of assets is determined at the time of purchase of portfolio securities. The policy will not be violated if these limitations are exceeded because of changes in the market value of the Fund’s assets or for any other reason.

 

32

---

Credit Quality. The Fund usually will attempt to maintain a portfolio with a weighted average credit quality rated between Ba3 and A2 by Moody’s or between BB- and A by S&P. The Investment Manager determines the Fund’s average credit quality by calculating on a daily basis the weighted average of the credit ratings of the Fund’s investments. Securities are rated by different agencies and if a security receives different ratings from these agencies, the Fund will treat the securities as being rated in the highest rating category. Credit rating criteria are applied at the time the Fund purchases a security. There is no guarantee that the Fund will be able to maintain the average credit quality mentioned above. The Fund may choose not to sell securities that are downgraded after their purchase below the Fund’s minimum acceptable credit rating. The Fund’s credit standards also apply to counterparties to over-the-counter derivatives contracts. Unrated securities will be assigned a rating by the Investment Manager in its reasonable judgment.

Duration Management. The average portfolio duration of the fixed income securities held by the Fund will normally be within one and seven years, including the effect of leverage, based on the Investment Manager’s forecast for interest rates. Initially the average portfolio duration of the fixed income securities held by the Fund will be four years, including the effect of leverage. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt security that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. For example, the market price of a bond with a duration of two years would be expected to decline 2% if interest rates rose 1%. Conversely, the market price of the same bond would be expected to increase 2% if interest rates fell 1%. The market price of a bond with a duration of four years would be expected to increase or decline twice as much as the market price of a bond with a two-year duration. The maturity of a security, another commonly used measure of price sensitivity, measures only the time until final payment is due, whereas duration takes into account the pattern of all payments of interest and principal on a security over time, including how these payments are affected by prepayments and by changes in interest rates.

Independent Credit Analysis. The Investment Manager relies heavily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual securities considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on rating agencies. The Investment Manager has a dedicated team of professionals that conducts fundamental credit research and analysis of individual issuers, industries and sectors and uses proprietary analytical tools (such as computer databases and Web-based applications) to assess and monitor credit risk. The individuals managing the Fund utilize this information in an attempt to minimize credit risk and identify issuers, industries or sectors that are undervalued or that offer attractive yields relative to the Investment Manager’s assessment of their credit characteristics.

Portfolio Contents

Under normal market conditions, the Fund intends to invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in a broad range of equity and fixed income securities of both U.S. and foreign issuers. Equity securities include, among other securities, common stocks traded on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market, preferred stocks, warrants, rights, convertible securities, depositary receipts, trust certificates, real estate investment trusts, limited partnership interests, equity-linked debt securities and shares of other investment companies. Except as otherwise indicated, convertible securities are not subject to any minimum credit quality requirements. Fixed income securities include, among other securities, corporate bonds, mortgage and asset backed securities, U.S. government obligations, investment grade and high yield debt, including emerging market debt and high yield sovereign debt, and loans. See “Investment Policies and Techniques” in the Statement of Additional Information for additional information regarding the Fund’s investments and their related risks.

Common Stocks. Common stocks generally represent an ownership interest in an issuer, without preference over any other class of securities, including such issuer’s debt securities, preferred stock and other senior equity securities. Dividend payments generally are not guaranteed and so may be discontinued by the issuer at its discretion or because of the issuer’s inability to satisfy its liabilities. Further, an issuer’s history of paying dividends does not guarantee that it will continue to pay dividends in the future. In addition to dividends, under

 

33

---

certain circumstances the Fund may benefit from capital appreciation of an issuer. The Fund may hold or have exposure to common stock of issuers of any size (in terms of market capitalization or otherwise) and in any industry or sector. The common stock may be traded on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market.

Although common stocks historically have generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks held by the Fund or to which it has exposure.

Preferred Stock. The Fund may invest in preferred stocks, which represent an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from liquidation of the company. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in the company. Some preferred stocks offer a fixed rate of return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, these preferred stocks act like long-term bonds and can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Other preferred stocks have a variable dividend, generally determined on a quarterly or other periodic basis, either according to a formula based upon a specified premium or discount to the yield on particular U.S. Treasury securities or based on an auction process, involving bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks. Because preferred stocks represent an equity ownership interest in a company, their value usually will react more strongly than bonds and other debt instruments to actual or perceived changes in a company’s financial condition or prospects, or to fluctuations in the equity markets.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are typically preferred stock or bonds that are convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. Because they have the characteristics of both fixed income securities and common stock, convertible securities are sometimes called “hybrid” securities. Convertible bonds, debentures and notes are debt obligations offering a stated interest rate. Convertible preferred stocks are senior securities of a company offering a stated dividend rate. Convertible securities will at times be priced in the market like other fixed income securities - that is, their prices will tend to rise when interest rates decline and will tend to fall when interest rates rise. However, because a convertible security provides an option to the holder to exchange the security for either a specified number of the issuer’s common stock at a stated price per share or the cash value of such common stock, the security market price will tend to fluctuate in relationship to the price of the common stock into which it is convertible. Thus, convertible securities will ordinarily provide opportunities for producing both current income and longer-term capital appreciation. Because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other senior securities and therefore are rated one category lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock.

REITs. The Fund may invest in REITs, which are Real Estate Companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income-producing real estate or in real estate related loans (such as mortgages) or other interests. REITs generally pay relatively high dividends (as compared to other types of companies). REITs can generally be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs generally invest a majority of their assets in income-producing real estate properties in order to generate cash flow from rental income and gradual asset appreciation. The income-producing real estate properties in which Equity REITs invest typically include properties such as office, retail, industrial, hotel and apartment buildings and healthcare facilities. Equity REITs can realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments on the mortgages. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. REITs can be listed and traded on national securities exchanges or can be traded privately between individual owners. The Fund may invest in both publicly and privately traded REITs.

 

34

---

American Depositary Receipts. The Fund may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADR”). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued generally by domestic banks and representing the deposit with the bank of a security of a foreign issuer. ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or over the counter in the U.S.

Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities include, among other securities, corporate bonds, mortgage and asset backed securities, U.S. government obligations, investment grade and high yield debt, including emerging market debt and high yield sovereign debt, and loans. Changes in market yields will affect the Fund’s net asset value as prices of fixed income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade, and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to decline.

Investment Grade Securities. Securities are investment grade if they are rated in one of the top four long-term rating categories of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, they have received a comparable short-term or other rating or they are unrated securities that the Investment Manager reasonably determines are of comparable quality to investment grade securities.

High Yield, Lower Quality Securities. The Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets in high yield, lower quality securities. High yield, lower quality securities are securities that are rated by a recognized rating organization below its top four long-term rating categories or unrated securities determined by the Investment Manager to be of equivalent quality. The issuers of lower quality securities may be highly leveraged and have difficulty servicing their debt, especially during prolonged economic recessions or periods of rising interest rates. The prices of lower quality securities are volatile and may go down due to market perceptions of deteriorating issuer creditworthiness or economic conditions. Lower quality securities may become illiquid and hard to value in down markets. Securities rated below investment grade are considered speculative and, compared to investment grade securities, tend to have more volatile prices and increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to adverse economic and business developments, greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality, greater likelihood that adverse economic or company specific events will make the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments, and greater susceptibility to negative market sentiments leading to depressed prices and decrease in liquidity.

Sovereign Government and Supranational Debt. The Fund may invest in all types of fixed income securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging markets countries. These sovereign fixed income securities may include: fixed income securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in foreign countries; fixed income securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in foreign countries; interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers; Brady Bonds, which are debt securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness; participations in loans between emerging market governments and financial institutions; or fixed income securities issued by supranational entities such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”) or the European Economic Community. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development. Sovereign government and supranational debt involve all the risks described herein regarding foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation and the Fund may be unable to enforce its rights against the issuers.

 

35

---

Asset-Backed Securities. The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as installment sales or loan contracts, leases, credit card receivables and other categories of receivables. The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities that may only pay principal at maturity or may only represent the right to receive payments of principal or payments of interest on underlying pools of assets or government securities, but not both. The value of these types of instruments may change more drastically than debt securities that pay both principal and interest during periods of changing interest rates. The Fund may obtain a below market yield or incur a loss on such instruments during periods of declining interest rates. In addition, principal only and interest only instruments are particularly subject to extension risk.

Reverse Repurchase Agreement Transactions. The Fund may utilize a variety of derivative instruments for investment or risk management purposes, such as options, futures contracts, swap agreements and credit default swaps. Generally derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates and related indexes. Effective August 19, 2022, the Fund began operating under Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act which, among other things, governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements) by registered investment companies. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivative instruments beyond a specified limited amount to apply a VaR based limit to their use of certain derivative instruments and financing transactions and to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program. Compliance with Rule 18f-4 by the Fund could, among other things, make derivatives more costly, limit their availability or utility, or otherwise adversely affect their performance. Rule 18f-4 may limit the Fund’s ability to use derivatives as part of its investment strategy.

Loan Participations and Assignments. The Fund may invest in loans issued by banks and other corporations, which investments generally will be in the form of loan participations and assignments of portions of such loans. Participations and assignments involve credit risk, interest rate risk, illiquidity risk, and the risks of being a lender. If the Fund purchases a participation, it may only be able to enforce its rights through the lender, and may assume the credit risk of both the lender and the borrower.

Currency Transactions. The Fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value or to generate income or gain. Currency transactions include currency forward contracts, exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon, exchange listed and over-the-counter options on currencies and currency swaps. A currency forward contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operate similarly to an interest rate swap. The Fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that the Investment Manager deems to be creditworthy.

Derivatives. The Fund may use a variety of derivative instruments as part of its investment strategies or for hedging or risk management purposes. Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose values depend upon, or are derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates and related indexes. The Fund may invest in derivative instruments, such as options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, indexed securities, credit linked notes, credit default swaps and other swap agreements for investment, hedging and risk management purposes.

Effective August 19, 2022, the Fund began operating under Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act which, among other things, governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements) by registered investment companies. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivative instruments beyond a specified limited amount to apply a value at risk (“VaR”) based limit to

 

36

---

their use of certain derivative instruments and financing transactions and to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program. Rule 18f-4 may limit the Fund’s ability to use derivatives as part of its investment strategy. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect and increase Fund volatility.

Investment Objective Policies

The Fund’s investment objective is a fundamental investment policy, as discussed below in “— Fundamental Investment Policies.” Upon the Investment Manager’s recommendation, for temporary defensive purposes and in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including during the period in which the net proceeds of this offering are being invested, the Fund may deviate from its investment objective and policies and invest some or all of its Managed Assets in investments of non-corporate issuers, including high-quality, short-term debt securities or cash. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective when it does so.

The Fund may engage in active and frequent trading to achieve its principal investment strategies. This may lead to the realization and distribution to stockholders of higher capital gains, which would increase their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the Fund’s performance.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted certain fundamental investment policies designed to limit investment risk. These fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock and, if issued, Preferred Stock voting as a single class. A “majority of the outstanding” shares means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares outstanding are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares outstanding, whichever of (i) or (ii) is less. See “Investment Objective” and “Investment Policies and Techniques” in the Statement of Additional Information for a complete list of the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies of the Fund. See “Description of Shares—Fund Preferred Stock—Voting Rights” for additional information with respect to the voting rights of holders of Preferred Stock.

The Fund may become subject to guidelines which are more limiting than the fundamental investment policies referenced above in order to obtain and maintain ratings from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO) on the Preferred Stock that it may issue. The Fund does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s Common Stockholders or the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

 

37

---

LEVERAGE

The Fund may seek to enhance the level of its current distributions to Common Stockholders through the use of leverage.

The Fund may use leverage through Borrowings, and through the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock. The Fund may use leverage through Borrowings in an aggregate amount of up to approximately 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total net assets immediately after such Borrowings. The Fund has a Margin Loan and Security Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. (“BofA”) that allows the Fund to borrow up to an aggregate amount of $80,000,000 and renews daily for a 179-day term unless notice to the contrary is given to the Fund. The Fund pays interest on borrowings calculated based on SOFR plus applicable margin. As of November 30, 2024, the Fund had $67,000,000 of borrowings outstanding. Furthermore, the Fund may use leverage through the issuance of Preferred Stock in an aggregate amount of liquidation preference attributable to the Preferred Stock combined with the aggregate amount of any Borrowings of up to approximately 50% of the Fund’s total net assets immediately after such issuance. The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and use similar investment management techniques that may provide leverage, subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. Under Rule 18f-4(d), the Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions in reliance on the rule if the Fund either (i) complies with the asset coverage requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act, and combines the aggregate amount of indebtedness associated with all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating its asset coverage ratio; or (ii) treats all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions as derivatives transactions for all purposes under the rule. The Fund may not use leverage at all times and the amount of leverage may vary depending upon a number of factors, including FTFA’s and the Subadvisers’ outlook for the market and the costs that the Fund would incur as a result of such leverage.

The Fund currently uses leverage through Borrowings and as of November 30, 2024, [ ]% of the Fund’s gross assets were levered.

The Fund operates under Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act which, among other things, governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements) by registered investment companies. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivative instruments beyond a specified limited amount to apply a VaR based limit to their use of certain derivative instruments and financing transactions and to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program. Compliance with Rule 18f-4 by the Fund could, among other things, make derivatives more costly, limit their availability or utility, or otherwise adversely affect their performance. Rule 18f-4 may limit the Fund’s ability to use derivatives as part of its investment strategy. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect and increase Fund volatility.

Currently, the Fund has no intention to use leverage through the issuance of notes or debt securities or Preferred Stock, but circumstances may arise such that the Fund may choose to issue Preferred Stock. Borrowings (and any Preferred Stock) will have seniority over Common Stock. Any Borrowings and Preferred Stock (if issued) will leverage your investment in Common Stock. Holders of Common Stock will bear the costs associated with any Borrowings, and if the Fund issues Preferred Stock, Common Stockholders will bear the offering costs of the Preferred Stock issuance. The Board of Directors may authorize the use of leverage through Borrowings and Preferred Stock without the approval of the Common Stockholders.

Changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities, including costs attributable to Borrowings or Preferred Stock, will be borne entirely by the holders of the Common Stock. If there is a net decrease (or increase) in the value of the Fund’s investment portfolio, the leverage will decrease (or increase) the net asset value per Common Stock to a greater extent than if the Fund were not leveraged. During periods when the Fund is using leverage through Borrowings or the issuance of Preferred Stock the fees paid to FTFA and the Subadvisers for advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will

 

38

---

be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s Managed Assets, which includes the principal amount of the Borrowings and any assets attributable to the issuance of Preferred Stock. This means that FTFA and the Subadvisers may have a financial incentive to increase the Fund’s use of leverage.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund generally is not permitted to issue commercial paper or notes or borrow unless immediately after the borrowing or commercial paper or note issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by commercial paper, notes or borrowings is at least 300% of such principal amount. In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Stock unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets, less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by commercial paper, notes or borrowings, is at least 300% of such principal amount after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution. If the Fund borrows, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of any outstanding commercial paper, notes or borrowing to the extent necessary to maintain the required asset coverage. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Directors.

Utilization of leverage is a speculative investment technique and involves certain risks to the holders of Common Stock. These include the possibility of higher volatility of the net asset value of the Common Stock and potentially more volatility in the market value of, and distributions on, the Common Stock. So long as the Fund is able to realize a higher net return on its investment portfolio than the then-current cost of any leverage together with other related expenses, the effect of the leverage will be to cause holders of Common Stock to realize a higher rate of return than if the Fund were not so leveraged. On the other hand, to the extent that the then-current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to holders of Common Stock will be reduced, and if the then-current cost of any leverage together with related expenses were to exceed the net return on the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to holders of Common Stock than if the Fund were not so leveraged. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Stock unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s asset coverage is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Stock (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s asset coverage less all liabilities other than borrowings).

In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Stock unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s asset coverage less liabilities other than borrowings satisfies the above-referenced 200% coverage requirement. If Preferred Stock is issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Stock from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain coverage of at least 200%.

If Preferred Stock is outstanding, two of the Fund’s Directors will be elected by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class. The remaining Directors of the Fund will be elected by holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event that the Fund fails to pay dividends on the Preferred Stock for two years, holders of Preferred Stock would be entitled to elect a majority of the Directors of the Fund. The failure to pay dividends or make distributions could result in the Fund ceasing to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company under the Code, which could have a material adverse effect on the value of the Common Stock.

The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed either by guidelines of a lender, if the Fund borrows from a lender, or by one or more rating agencies which may issue ratings for Preferred Stock or debt securities. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede FTFA and the Subadvisers from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment

 

39

---

objectives and policies. In addition to other considerations, to the extent that the Fund believes that the covenants and guidelines required by the rating agencies would impede its ability to meet its investment objectives, or if the Fund is unable to obtain its desired rating on Preferred Stock or debt securities, the Fund will not issue Preferred Stock or debt securities.

Effects of Leverage

The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on Common Stock total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income and changes in the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns experienced or expected to be experienced by the Fund. See “Risks.”

The table further reflects the issuance of leverage representing [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, net of expenses, the Fund’s currently projected annual interest on its leverage of [ ]%.

 

Assumed Portfolio Total Return (Net of Expenses)			-10%				-5%				0%				5%				10%
Common Stock Total Return			[ ]%				[ ]%				[ ]%				[ ]%				[ ]%

Common Stock Total Return is composed of two elements: the Common Stock dividends paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Fund after paying dividends or interest on its leverage) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As required by SEC rules, the table above assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0% the Fund must assume that the interest it receives on its debt security investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those investments.

 

40

---

RISKS

The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program and, due to the uncertainty inherent in all investments, there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. The Fund’s performance and the value of its investments will vary in response to changes in interest rates, inflation, the financial condition of a security’s issuer, ratings on a security and other market factors. Your securities at any point in time may be worth less than you invested, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions. Below are the principal risks associated with an investment in the Fund.

Investment and Market Risk

An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. An investment in our Common Stock is not intended to constitute a complete investment program and should not be viewed as such. The value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. At any point in time, your securities may be worth less than your original investment. We are primarily a long-term investment vehicle and should not be used for short-term trading.

Equity Securities and Related Market Risk

The market price of equity securities, including common and preferred stocks, may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets or the issuer itself, including the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets. The values of equity securities may decline due to general market conditions which are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. Equity securities, and particularly common stocks, generally have greater price volatility than bonds and other debt securities.

Information Technology Sector Risks

To the extent the Fund concentrates its investments in the information technology sector, it is vulnerable to the particular risks that may affect companies in that sector. Information technology companies face intense competition, both domestically and internationally, which may have an adverse effect on profit margins. Like other technology companies, information technology companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources or personnel. The products of information technology companies may face obsolescence due to rapid technological developments, frequent new product introduction, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. Companies in the information technology sector are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss, or impairment of, or inability to enforce, these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies.

Risks of Investing in MLP Units

An investment in MLP units involves risks that differ from a similar investment in equity securities, such as common stock, of a corporation. Holders of MLP units have the rights typically afforded to limited partners in a limited partnership. As compared to common stockholders of a corporation, holders of MLP units have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership. Holders of MLP units are also exposed to the risk that they will be required to repay amounts to the MLP that are wrongfully distributed to them. Additionally, conflicts of interest may exist among common unit holders, subordinated unit holders and the

 

41

---

general partner or managing member of an MLP; for example, a conflict may arise as a result of incentive distribution payments, and the general partner does not generally have any duty to the limited partners beyond a “good faith” standard. For example, over the last few years there have been several “simplification” transactions in which the incentive distribution rights were eliminated by either (i) a purchase of the outstanding MLP units by the general partner or (ii) by the purchase of the incentive distribution rights by the MLP. These simplification transactions present a conflict of interest between the general partner and the MLP and may be structured in a way that is unfavorable to the MLP. There are also certain tax risks associated with an investment in MLP units (described below).

Tax Risks of Investing in Equity Securities of MLPs

Partnerships do not pay United States federal income tax at the partnership level. Rather, each partner of a partnership, in computing its United States federal income tax liability, will include its allocable share of the partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses. A change in current tax law, a change in the business of a given MLP, or a change in the types of income earned by a given MLP, could result in an MLP being treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, which would result in such MLP being required to pay United States federal income tax on its taxable income. The classification of an MLP as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes would have the effect of reducing the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP and causing any such distributions received by the Fund to be taxed as dividend income to the extent of the MLP’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Thus, if any of the MLPs owned by the Fund were treated as corporations for United States federal income tax purposes, the after-tax return to the Fund with respect to its investment in such MLPs could be materially reduced, which could cause a substantial decline in the value of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock.

Energy Sector Risks

To the extent the Fund concentrates its investments in the energy sector, it is vulnerable to the particular risks that may affect companies in that sector. MLPs and midstream entities operating in the energy sector are subject to many operating risks, including: equipment failure causing outages; structural, maintenance, impairment and safety problems; transmission or transportation constraints, inoperability or inefficiencies; dependence on a specified fuel source; changes in electricity and fuel usage; availability of competitively priced alternative energy sources; changes in generation efficiency and market heat rates; lack of sufficient capital to maintain facilities; significant capital expenditures to keep older assets operating efficiently; seasonality; changes in supply and demand for energy; catastrophic and/or weather-related events such as spills, leaks, well blowouts, uncontrollable flows, ruptures, fires, explosions, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, discharges of toxic gases and similar occurrences; storage, handling, disposal and decommissioning costs; and environmental compliance. Breakdown or failure of an energy company’s assets may prevent it from performing under applicable sales agreements, which in certain situations, could result in termination of the agreement or incurring a liability for liquidated damages. As a result of the above risks and other potential hazards associated with energy companies, certain companies may become exposed to significant liabilities for which they may not have adequate insurance coverage. Any of the aforementioned risks could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of energy companies.

A downturn in the energy sector of the economy, adverse political, legislative or regulatory developments, material declines in energy-related commodity prices (such as those experienced over the last few years) or other events could have a larger impact on the Fund than on an investment company that does not concentrate in the sector. At times, the performance of securities of companies in the sector may lag the performance of other sectors or the broader market as a whole. In addition, there are several specific risks associated with investments in the energy sector, including the following:

Regulatory Risk. The energy sector is highly regulated. MLPs and other entities operating in the energy sector are subject to significant regulation of nearly every aspect of their operations by federal, state and local

 

42

---

governmental agencies. Such regulation can change rapidly or over time in both scope and intensity. For example, a particular by-product or process, including hydraulic fracturing, may be declared hazardous—sometimes retroactively—by a regulatory agency and unexpectedly increase production costs or limit ability to develop some reserves. Various governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including civil fines, injunctions or both. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may materially adversely affect the financial performance of MLPs and midstream entities.

Specifically, the operations of wells, gathering systems, pipelines, refineries and other facilities are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. These include, for example:

 

•

the federal Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations that impose obligations related to air emissions;

 

•

the federal Clean Water Act and comparable state laws and regulations that impose obligations related to discharges of pollutants into regulated bodies of water;

 

•

RCRA and comparable state laws and regulations that impose requirements for the handling and disposal of waste from facilities; and

 

•

CERCLA, also known as “Superfund,” and comparable state laws and regulations that regulate the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have been released at properties currently or previously owned or operated by MLPs or at locations to which they have sent waste for disposal.

Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements, and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. Certain environmental statutes, including RCRA, CERCLA, the federal Oil Pollution Act and analogous state laws and regulations, impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hazardous substances have been disposed of or otherwise released. Moreover, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances or other waste products into the environment.

There is an inherent risk that entities may incur environmental costs and liabilities due to the nature of their businesses and the substances they handle. For example, an accidental release from wells or gathering pipelines could subject them to substantial liabilities for environmental cleanup and restoration costs, claims made by neighboring landowners and other third parties for personal injury and property damage, and fines or penalties for related violations of environmental laws or regulations. Moreover, the possibility exists that stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could significantly increase the compliance costs of entities or limit their ability to develop some reserves. For example, hydraulic fracturing, a technique used in the completion of certain oil and gas wells, has become a subject of increasing regulatory scrutiny and may be subject in the future to more stringent, and more costly to comply with, requirements. Similarly, the implementation of more stringent environmental requirements could significantly increase the cost of any remediation that may become necessary. Entities may not be able to recover these costs from insurance.

Voluntary initiatives and mandatory controls have been adopted or are being discussed both in the United States and worldwide to reduce emissions of “greenhouse gases” such as carbon dioxide, a by-product of burning fossil fuels, and methane, the major constituent of natural gas, which many scientists and policymakers believe contribute to global climate change. These measures and future measures could result in increased costs to certain companies in which the Fund may invest to operate and maintain facilities and administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program and may reduce demand for fuels that generate greenhouse gases and that are managed or produced by companies in which the Fund may invest.

 

43

---

Federal, state and local governments may enact laws, and federal, state and local agencies (such as the Environmental Protection Agency) may promulgate rules or regulations, that prohibit or significantly regulate the operation of energy assets. For instance, in the wake of a Supreme Court decision holding that the EPA has some legal authority to deal with climate change under the Clean Air Act, the EPA and the Department of Transportation jointly wrote regulations to cut gasoline use and control greenhouse gas emissions from cars and trucks. The EPA has also taken action to require certain entities to measure and report greenhouse gas emissions and certain facilities may be required to control emissions of greenhouse gases pursuant to EPA air permitting and other regulatory programs. These measures, and other programs addressing greenhouse gas emissions, could reduce demand for energy or raise prices, which may adversely affect the total return of certain of the Fund’s investments.

Commodity Price Risk. MLPs and midstream entities operating in the energy sector may be affected by fluctuations in the prices of energy commodities, including, for example, natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil and coal, in the short-and long-term. Fluctuations in energy commodity prices would impact directly companies that own such energy commodities and could impact indirectly companies that engage in transportation, storage, processing, distribution or marketing of such energy commodities. Fluctuations in energy commodity prices can result from changes in general economic conditions or political circumstances (especially of key energy producing and consuming countries); market conditions; weather patterns; domestic production levels; volume of imports; energy conservation; domestic and foreign governmental regulation; international politics; policies of OPEC; taxation; tariffs; and the availability and costs of local, intrastate and interstate transportation methods. The energy sector as a whole may also be impacted by the perception that the performance of energy sector companies is directly linked to commodity prices. High commodity prices may drive further energy conservation efforts, and a slowing economy may adversely impact energy consumption, which may adversely affect the performance of MLPs and midstream entities operating in the energy sector. Recent economic and market events have fueled concerns regarding potential liquidations of commodity futures and options positions.

Depletion Risk. Entities engaged in the exploration, development, management or production of energy commodities face the risk that commodity reserves are depleted over time. Such companies seek to increase their reserves through expansion of their current businesses, acquisitions, further development of their existing sources of energy commodities, exploration of new sources of energy commodities or by entering into long-term contracts for additional reserves; however, there are risks associated with each of these potential strategies. If such companies fail to acquire additional reserves in a cost-effective manner and at a rate at least equal to the rate at which their existing reserves decline, their financial performance may suffer. Additionally, failure to replenish reserves could reduce the amount and affect the tax characterization of the distributions paid by such companies.

Supply and Demand Risk. Entities operating in the energy sector could be adversely affected by reductions in the supply of or demand for energy commodities. The volume of production of energy commodities and the volume of energy commodities available for transportation, storage, processing or distribution could be affected by a variety of factors, including depletion of resources; depressed commodity prices; catastrophic events; labor relations; increased environmental or other governmental regulation; equipment malfunctions and maintenance difficulties; import volumes; international politics, policies of OPEC; and increased competition from alternative energy sources. Alternatively, a decline in demand for energy commodities could result from factors such as adverse economic conditions (especially in key energy-consuming countries); increased taxation; increased environmental or other governmental regulation; increased fuel economy; increased energy conservation or use of alternative energy sources; legislation intended to promote the use of alternative energy sources; or increased commodity prices.

Acquisition Risk. MLP and midstream entity investments owned by the Fund may depend on their ability to make acquisitions that increase adjusted operating surplus per unit in order to increase distributions to unit holders. The ability of such MLPs and midstream entities to make future acquisitions is dependent on their ability to identify suitable targets, negotiate favorable purchase contracts, obtain acceptable financing and outbid

 

44

---

competing potential acquirers. To the extent that such MLPs and midstream entities are unable to make future acquisitions, or such future acquisitions fail to increase the adjusted operating surplus per unit, their growth and ability to make distributions to unit holders will be limited. There are risks inherent in any acquisition, including erroneous assumptions regarding revenues, acquisition expenses, operating expenses, cost savings and synergies; assumption of liabilities; indemnification; customer losses; key employee defections; distraction from other business operations; and unanticipated difficulties in operating or integrating new product areas and geographic regions.

Weather Risks. Weather plays a role in the seasonality of some entities’ cash flows. Entities in the propane industry, for example, rely on the winter season to generate almost all of their earnings. In an unusually warm winter season, propane MLPs experience decreased demand for their product. Although most entities can reasonably predict seasonal weather demand based on normal weather patterns, extreme weather conditions, such as the hurricanes that severely damaged cities along the U.S. Gulf Coast in recent years, demonstrate that no amount of preparation can protect an entity from the unpredictability of the weather or possible climate change. The damage done by extreme weather also may serve to increase many entities’ insurance premiums and could adversely affect such companies’ financial condition and ability to pay distributions to stockholders.

Cyclical Industry Risk. The energy industry is cyclical and from time to time may experience a shortage of drilling rigs, equipment, supplies, or qualified personnel, or due to significant demand, such services may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. An entity’s ability to successfully and timely complete capital improvements to existing or other capital projects is contingent upon many variables. Should any such efforts be unsuccessful, an entity could be subject to additional costs and/or the write-off of its investment in the project or improvement. The marketability of oil and gas production depends in large part on the availability, proximity and capacity of pipeline systems owned by third parties. Oil and gas properties are subject to royalty interests, liens and other burdens, encumbrances, easements or restrictions, all of which could impact the production of a particular entity. Oil and gas entities operate in a highly competitive and cyclical industry, with intense price competition. A significant portion of their revenues may depend on a relatively small number of customers, including governmental entities and utilities.

Catastrophic Event Risk. MLPs and midstream entities operating in the energy sector are subject to many dangers inherent in the production, exploration, management, transportation, processing and distribution of natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, refined petroleum and petroleum products and other hydrocarbons. These dangers include leaks, fires, explosions, damage to facilities and equipment resulting from natural disasters, inadvertent damage to facilities and equipment (such as those suffered by BP’s Deepwater Horizon drilling platform in 2010 or spills by various onshore oil pipelines) and terrorist acts. Since the September 11th terrorist attacks, the U.S. government has issued warnings that energy assets, specifically U.S. pipeline infrastructure, may be targeted in future terrorist attacks. These dangers give rise to risks of substantial losses as a result of loss or destruction of commodity reserves; damage to or destruction of property, facilities and equipment; pollution and environmental damage; and personal injury or loss of life. Any occurrence of such catastrophic events could bring about a limitation, suspension or discontinuation of the operations of MLPs and midstream entities operating in the energy sector. MLPs and midstream entities operating in the energy sector may not be fully insured against all risks inherent in their business operations and therefore accidents and catastrophic events could adversely affect such companies’ financial condition and ability to pay distributions to stockholders. It is expected that increased governmental regulation will mitigate such catastrophic risk, such as the recent oil spills referred to above, which could increase insurance premiums and other operating costs for MLPs and midstream entities.

Distribution Risk For Equity Income Securities

In selecting equity income securities in which the Fund will invest, ClearBridge will consider the issuer’s history of making regular periodic distributions (i.e., dividends) to its equity holders. An issuer’s history of paying dividends, however, does not guarantee that the issuer will continue to pay dividends in the future. The

 

45

---

dividend income stream associated with equity income securities generally is not guaranteed and is subordinate to payment obligations of the issuer on its debt and other liabilities. Accordingly, in the event the issuer does not realize sufficient income in a particular period both to service its liabilities and to pay dividends on its equity securities, it may forgo paying dividends on its equity securities. In addition, because in most instances issuers are not obligated to make periodic distributions to the holders of their equity securities, such distributions or dividends generally may be discontinued at the issuer’s discretion.

Convertible Securities Risk

A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.

Preferred Stock Risk

Generally, the Fund has a greater flexibility to invest in equity securities. Preferred stocks are unique securities that combine some of the characteristics of both common stocks and bonds. Preferred stocks generally pay a fixed rate of return and are sold on the basis of current yield, like bonds. However, because they are equity securities, preferred stock provides equity ownership of a company, and the income is paid in the form of dividends. Preferred stocks typically have a yield advantage over common stocks as well as comparably-rated fixed income investments. Preferred stocks are typically subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure, in terms of priority to corporate income, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stocks also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.

Fixed Income Securities Risk

In addition to the risks described elsewhere in this section with respect to valuations and liquidity, fixed income securities, including high-yield securities, are also subject to certain risks, including:

 

•

Issuer Risk. The value of fixed income securities may decline for a number of reasons that directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.

 

•

Interest Rate Risk. The market price of the Fund’s investments will change in response to changes in interest rates and other factors. During periods of declining interest rates, the market price of fixed income securities generally rises. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the market price of such securities generally declines. The magnitude of these fluctuations in the market price of fixed income securities is generally greater for securities with longer maturities. Fluctuations in the market price of the Fund’s securities will not affect interest income derived from securities already owned by the Fund, but will be reflected in the Fund’s net asset value. The Fund may utilize certain strategies, including investments in structured notes or interest rate swap or cap transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the portfolio and decreasing the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful.

 

46

---

•

Prepayment Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, the issuer of a security may exercise its option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayment in lower yielding securities, which may result in a decline in the Fund’s income and distributions to stockholders. This is known as prepayment or “call” risk. Debt securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met. An issuer may choose to redeem a debt security if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer.

 

•

Reinvestment Risk. Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called fixed income securities at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the market price of Common Stock or overall returns.

Leverage Risk

The Fund’s use of leverage will magnify investment, market and certain other risks. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for holders of the Common Stock including: the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of the Common Stock than a comparable portfolio without leverage; the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the dividend rates on any Preferred Stock that the Fund may pay will reduce the return to Common Stockholders or will result in fluctuations in the dividends paid on the Common Stock; the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Stock than if the Fund were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Stock; and when the Fund uses leverage, the investment advisory fee payable by the Fund to FTFA (and by FTFA to Western Asset) will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage.

The use of borrowing, reverse repurchase agreements and derivatives, as well as the issuance of Preferred Stock, creates leverage (i.e., a fund’s investment exposures exceed its net asset value). Leverage increases a fund’s losses when the value of its investments (including derivatives) declines. Because many derivatives have a leverage component (i.e., a notional value in excess of the assets needed to establish or maintain the derivative position), adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, rate, or index may result in a loss substantially greater than the amount required to establish the derivative position.

Below Investment Grade (High-Yield or Junk Bond) Securities Risk

The Fund may invest in high-yield debt securities. Debt securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as “high-yield” securities or “junk bonds” and are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations and involve major risk exposure to adverse conditions. Debt securities rated C or lower by Moody’s, CCC or lower by S&P or CC or lower by Fitch or comparably rated by another NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by Western Asset to be of comparable quality are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, to have a current identifiable vulnerability to default, to be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions and/or to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Ratings may not accurately reflect the actual credit risk associated with a corporate security.

Debt securities rated below investment grade generally offer a higher current yield than that available from higher grade issues, but typically involve greater risk. These securities are especially sensitive to adverse changes in general economic conditions, to changes in the financial condition of their issuers and to price fluctuation in response to changes in interest rates. During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, issuers of below investment grade instruments may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to

 

47

---

make payments of principal and interest and increase the possibility of default. The secondary market for high-yield securities may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities, a factor which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to dispose of a particular security. There are fewer dealers in the market for high-yield securities than for investment grade obligations. The prices quoted by different dealers may vary significantly, and the spread between the bid and asked price is generally much larger for high-yield securities than for higher quality instruments. Under continuing adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for high-yield securities could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, and these securities may become illiquid. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of below investment grade securities, especially in a market characterized by a low volume of trading.

Default, or the market’s perception that an issuer is likely to default, could reduce the value and liquidity of securities held by the Fund, thereby reducing the value of your investment in the Fund’s Common Stock. In addition, default may cause the Fund to incur expenses in seeking recovery of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, the Fund may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. Western Asset’s judgment about the credit quality of an issuer and the relative value of its securities may prove to be wrong. Investments in below investment grade securities may present special tax issues for the Fund to the extent that the issuers of these securities default on their obligations pertaining thereto, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the Fund as a holder of such distressed securities may not be clear.

Low Rated and Unrated Securities Risk

Low rated and unrated debt instruments generally offer a higher current yield than that available from higher grade issues, but typically involve greater risk. Low rated and unrated securities are especially subject to adverse changes in general economic conditions, to changes in the financial condition of their issuers and to price fluctuation in response to changes in interest rates. During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, issuers of low rated and unrated instruments may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of principal and interest and increase the possibility of default. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of low rated and unrated securities especially in a market characterized by a low volume of trading.

Derivatives Risk

The Fund may utilize a variety of derivative instruments for investment or risk management purposes, such as options, futures contracts, swap agreements and credit default swaps. Using derivatives can increase Fund losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates, currencies, or the derivatives themselves behave in a way not anticipated by the Fund. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect and increase Fund volatility. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. Derivatives may not be available at the time or price desired, may be difficult to sell, unwind or value, and the counterparty may default on its obligations to the Fund. Derivatives are generally subject to the risks applicable to the assets, rates, indices or other indicators underlying the derivative. The value of a derivative may fluctuate more than the underlying assets, rates, indices or other indicators to which it relates. Use of derivatives may have different tax consequences for the Fund than an investment in the underlying security, and those differences may affect the amount, timing and character of income distributed to stockholders. The U.S. government and foreign governments are in the process of adopting and implementing regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives, margin and reporting requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation of derivatives may make derivatives more costly, limit their availability or utility, otherwise adversely affect their performance or disrupt markets.

 

48

---

Effective August 19, 2022, the Fund began operating under Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act which, among other things, governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements) by registered investment companies. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivative instruments beyond a specified limited amount to apply a value at risk (VaR) based limit to their use of certain derivative instruments and financing transactions and to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program. A fund that uses derivative instruments in a limited amount is not subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4. Compliance with Rule 18f-4 by the Fund could, among other things, make derivatives more costly, limit their availability or utility, or otherwise adversely affect their performance. Rule 18f-4 may limit the Fund’s ability to use derivatives as part of its investment strategy.

Credit default swap contracts involve heightened risks and may result in losses to the Fund. Credit default swaps may be illiquid and difficult to value. When the Fund sells credit protection via a credit default swap, credit risk increases since the Fund has exposure to both the issuer whose credit is the subject of the swap and the counterparty to the swap.

Credit Risk and Counterparty Risk

If an issuer or guarantor of a security held by the Fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the Fund defaults or its credit is downgraded, or is perceived to be less creditworthy, or if the value of the assets underlying a security declines, the value of your investment will typically decline. Changes in actual or perceived creditworthiness may occur quickly. The Fund could be delayed or hindered in its enforcement of rights against an issuer, guarantor or counterparty. Subordinated securities are more likely to suffer a credit loss than non-subordinated securities of the same issuer and will be disproportionately affected by a default, downgrade or perceived decline in creditworthiness.

Smaller Company Risk

The general risks associated with income-producing securities are particularly pronounced for securities issued by companies with smaller market capitalizations. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources or they may depend on a few key employees. As a result, they may be subject to greater levels of credit, market and issuer risk. Securities of smaller companies may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their values may fluctuate more sharply than other securities. Companies with medium-sized market capitalizations may have risks similar to those of smaller companies.

Foreign Securities and Emerging Markets Risk

A fund that invests in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Investments in foreign securities (including those denominated in U.S. dollars) are subject to economic and political developments in the countries and regions where the issuers operate or are domiciled, or where the securities are traded, such as changes in economic or monetary policies. Values may also be affected by restrictions on receiving the investment proceeds from a foreign country. Less information may be publicly available about foreign companies than about U.S. companies. Foreign companies are generally not subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards as are U.S. companies. In addition, the Fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and adverse diplomatic developments. In addition, there may be difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment abroad. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes, and special U.S. tax considerations may apply.

 

49

---

The risks of foreign investment are greater for investments in emerging markets. The Fund considers an investment to be in an emerging market if the local currency long-term debt rating assigned by all NRSROs to debt issued by that country is below A-. Emerging market countries typically have economic and political systems that are less fully developed, and that can be expected to be less stable, than those of more advanced countries. Low trading volumes may result in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility. Emerging market countries may have policies that restrict investment by foreigners, that require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, or that prevent foreign investors from withdrawing their money at will. An investment in emerging market securities should be considered speculative.

Fund Distribution Risk

Pursuant to its distribution policy, the Fund intends to make regular distributions on its Common Stock. To the extent the total distributions for a year exceed the Fund’s investment company taxable income and net capital gain for that year, the excess will generally constitute a return of capital. Return of capital distributions are generally tax-free up to the amount of a Common Stockholder’s tax basis in the Common Stock. In addition, such excess distributions may have the effect of decreasing the Fund’s total assets and may increase the Fund’s expense ratio as the Fund’s fixed expenses may become a larger percentage of the Fund’s average net assets. In order to make such distributions, the Fund might have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio at a time when independent investment judgment may not dictate such action. For instance, these sales may result in the Fund recognizing short-term capital gains, which are taxed to stockholders at ordinary income rates.

Inflation/Deflation Risk

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of certain assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Stock and distributions on the Common Stock can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund’s use of leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to stockholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse affect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer defaults more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

Illiquidity Risk

Illiquidity risk exists when particular investments are impossible or difficult to sell and some assets that the Fund wants to invest in may be impossible or difficult to purchase. Markets may become illiquid when, for instance, there are few, if any, interested buyers or sellers or when dealers are unwilling or unable to make a market for certain assets. As a general matter, dealers recently have been less willing to make markets for fixed income securities. Recent federal banking regulations may also cause certain dealers to reduce their inventories of certain securities, which may further decrease the ability to buy or sell such securities. When the Fund holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the Fund is forced to sell these investments for cash needs, the Fund may suffer a loss. The liquidity of certain assets, particularly of privately-issued and non-investment grade mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, may be difficult to ascertain and may change over time. Transactions in less liquid or illiquid securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in liquid securities. Further, such securities, once sold, may not settle for an extended period (for example, several weeks or even longer). The Fund will not receive its sales proceeds until that time, which may constrain the Fund’s ability to meet its obligations.

Market Events Risk

The market values of securities or other assets will fluctuate, sometimes sharply and unpredictably, due to factors such as economic events, governmental actions or intervention, actions taken by the U.S. Federal Reserve

 

50

---

or foreign central banks, market disruptions caused by trade disputes or other factors, political developments, armed conflicts, economic sanctions and countermeasures in response to sanctions, major cybersecurity events, the global and domestic effects of widespread or local health, weather or climate events, and other factors that may or may not be related to the issuer of the security or other asset. Economies and financial markets throughout the world are increasingly interconnected. Economic, financial or political events, trading and tariff arrangements, public health events, terrorism, wars, natural disasters and other circumstances in one country or region could have profound impacts on global economies or markets. As a result, whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to the countries or markets directly affected, the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected.

Raising the ceiling on U.S. government debt has become increasingly politicized. Any failure to increase the total amount that the U.S. government is authorized to borrow could lead to a default on U.S. government obligations, with unpredictable consequences for economies and markets in the U.S. and elsewhere. Recently, inflation and interest rates have increased and may rise further. These circumstances could adversely affect the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments, impair the Fund’s ability to satisfy redemption requests, and negatively impact the Fund’s performance.

The United States and other countries are periodically involved in disputes over trade and other matters, which may result in tariffs, investment restrictions and adverse impacts on affected companies and securities. For example, the United States has imposed tariffs and other trade barriers on Chinese exports, has restricted sales of certain categories of goods to China, and has established barriers to investments in China. Trade disputes may adversely affect the economies of the United States and its trading partners, as well as companies directly or indirectly affected and financial markets generally. The United States government has prohibited U.S. persons from investing in Chinese companies designated as related to the Chinese military. These and possible future restrictions could limit the Fund’s opportunities for investment and require the sale of securities at a loss or make them illiquid. Moreover, the Chinese government is involved in a longstanding dispute with Taiwan that has included threats of invasion. If the political climate between the United States and China does not improve or continues to deteriorate, if China were to attempt unification of Taiwan by force, or if other geopolitical conflicts develop or get worse, economies, markets and individual securities may be severely affected both regionally and globally, and the value of the Fund’s assets may go down.

Currency Risk

The Fund may invest in non-dollar-denominated investments. The Fund may be limited in its ability to hedge the value of its non-dollar-denominated investments against currency fluctuations. As a result, a decline in the value of currencies in which the Fund’s investments are denominated against the dollar will result in a corresponding decline in the dollar value of the Fund’s assets. These declines will in turn affect the Fund’s income and net asset value. The Fund will compute its income on the date of its receipt by the Fund at the exchange rate in effect with respect to the relevant currency on that date. If the value of the currency declines relative to the dollar between the date income is accrued and the date the Fund makes a distribution, the amount available for distribution to the Fund’s stockholders would be reduced. If the exchange rate against the dollar of a currency in which a portfolio security of the Fund is denominated declines between the time the Fund accrues expenses in dollars and the time expenses are paid, the amount of the currency required to be converted into dollars in order to pay expenses in dollars will be greater than the equivalent amount in the currency of the expenses at the time they are incurred. A decline in the value of non-U.S. currencies relative to the dollar may also result in foreign currency losses that will reduce distributable net investment income.

REITs Risk

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An equity or hybrid REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage or hybrid REIT may be affected by changes in interest

 

51

---

rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. Mortgage and hybrid REITs are subject to the risks of accelerated prepayments of mortgage pools or pass-through securities, reliance on short-term financing and more highly leveraged capital structures. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified.

REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to stockholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees and borrowers. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as healthcare, are also subject to industry related risks. Certain “special purpose” REITs may invest their assets in specific real estate sectors, such as hotels, nursing homes or warehouses, and are therefore subject to the risks associated with adverse developments in any such sectors.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise, but mortgages are often refinanced, which may reduce the yield on investments in mortgage REITs. Rising interest rates may cause REIT investors to demand a higher annual yield, which may, in turn, cause a decline in the market price of the equity securities issued by a REIT. Rising interest rates also generally increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could cause the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans (the interest rates on which are reset periodically), yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and maybe subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. In addition to these risks, REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts or by the quality of any credit they extend. Further, REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally may not be diversified. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation.

REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses. Therefore, investments in REITs will cause CRO to bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs’ operations. At the same time, CRO will continue to pay its own management fees and expenses with respect to all of its assets, including any portion invested in REITs.

Risks of Warrants and Rights

Warrants and rights are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Warrants and rights do not carry the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to their underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. An investment in warrants or rights may be considered speculative. In addition, the value of a warrant or right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying security and a warrant or right ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. The purchase of warrants or rights involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant or right if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants’ or rights’ expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants and rights involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant or right added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the price of the underlying security.

Management Risk

The Fund is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio. Each subadviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.

 

52

---

Interest Rate Transactions Risk

The Fund may enter into a swap or cap transaction to attempt to protect itself from increasing interest expenses on Borrowings resulting from increasing short-term interest rates or dividend expenses on Preferred Stock. A decline in interest rates may result in a decline in net amounts receivable by the Fund from the counterparty under the swap or cap (or an increase in the net amounts payable by the Fund to the counterparty under the swap), which may result in a decline in the net asset value of the Fund.

Risks of Futures and Options on Futures

The use by the Fund of futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge interest rate risks involves special considerations and risks, as described below.

 

•

Successful use of hedging transactions depends upon the applicable subadviser’s ability to correctly predict the direction of changes in interest rates. There can be no assurance that any particular hedging strategy will succeed.

 

•

There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between the price movements of a futures or option contract and the movements of the interest rates being hedged. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the interest rates being hedged, such as market liquidity and speculative or other pressures on the markets in which the hedging instrument is traded.

 

•

Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable movements in the interest rates being hedged. However, hedging strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable movements in the hedged interest rates.

 

•

There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures contract position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses. The Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position.

 

•

There is no assurance that the Fund will use hedging transactions. For example, if the Fund determines that the cost of hedging will exceed the potential benefit to the Fund, the Fund will not enter into such transactions.

Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value Risk

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value could decrease as a result of the Fund’s investment activities and may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period following completion of any offering under this Prospectus. Although the value of the Fund’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of the Common Stock depends upon whether the market price of the Common Stock at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for the Common Stock. Because the market price of the Common Stock is affected by factors such as net asset value, dividend or distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for the Common Stock, stability of distributions, trading volume of the Common Stock, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond our control, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Stock will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the offering price. The Common Stock is designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.

 

53

---

Non-Diversification Risk

The Fund is classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. The Fund may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Fund intends to qualify for the special tax treatment available to “regulated investment companies” under Subchapter M of the Code, and thus intends to satisfy the diversification requirements of Subchapter M, including the less stringent diversification requirement that applies to the percent of its total assets that are represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and certain other securities.

Valuation Risk

The sales price the Fund could receive for any particular portfolio investment may differ from the Fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for securities that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair value methodology. These differences may increase significantly and affect Fund investments more broadly during periods of market volatility. The Fund’s ability to value its investments may be impacted by technological issues and/or errors by pricing services or other third party service providers. The valuation of the Fund’s investments involves subjective judgment.

LIBOR Risk

The Fund’s investments, payment obligations, and financing terms may be based on floating rates, such as LIBOR, which was the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. In 2017, the FCA announced its intention to cease compelling banks to provide the quotations needed to sustain LIBOR after 2021. In addition, global regulators have announced that, with limited exceptions, no new LIBOR-based contracts should be entered into after 2021. Actions by regulators have resulted in the establishment of alternative reference rates to LIBOR in most major currencies. In March 2022, the U.S. federal government enacted legislation to establish a process for replacing LIBOR in certain existing contracts that do not already provide for the use of a clearly defined or practicable replacement benchmark rate as described in the legislation. Generally speaking, for contracts that do not contain a fallback provision as described in the legislation, a benchmark replacement recommended by the Federal Reserve Board effectively automatically replaced the USD LIBOR benchmark in the contract upon LIBOR’s cessation at the end of June 2023. The recommended benchmark replacement is based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, including certain spread adjustments and benchmark replacement conforming changes. Various financial industry groups have been planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there remains uncertainty regarding the impact of the transition from LIBOR on the Fund’s transactions and the financial markets generally. The transition away from LIBOR may lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets that rely on LIBOR and may adversely affect the Fund’s performance. The transition may also result in a reduction in the value of certain LIBOR-based investments held by the Fund or reduce the effectiveness of related transactions such as hedges. Any such effects of the transition away from LIBOR, as well as other unforeseen effects, could result in losses for the Fund.

Tax Risks

To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to regulated investment companies, among other things, the Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources and satisfy certain distribution and asset diversification requirements. If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to stockholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits.

 

54

---

Risk of Taxable Income in Excess of Economic Income. The Fund may acquire debt instruments in the secondary market for less than their stated redemption price at maturity (or, in the case of a debt instrument issued with original issue discount, its revised issue price). The discount at which such debt instruments are acquired may reflect doubts about their ultimate collectability rather than current market interest rates. The amount of such discount will nevertheless generally be treated as “market discount” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless it is less than a statutory de minimis amount. Market discount on a debt instrument accrues ratably on a daily basis, unless an election is made to accrue market discount on the basis of the constant yield to maturity of the debt instrument, in each case based generally on the assumption that all future payments on the debt instrument will be made. The Fund has made an election to include accrued market discount in income on a current basis, and accrued market discount for a debt instrument will generally have to be included in income each year as if the debt instrument were assured of ultimately being collected in full.

Similarly, debt instruments that the Fund purchases may have been issued with original issue discount (“OID”), which discount might reflect doubt as to whether the entire principal amount of such debt instruments will ultimately prove to be collectible. The Fund will be required to report such OID based on a constant yield method and income will be accrued and be currently taxable based on the assumption that all future projected payments due on such debt instruments will be made.

Finally, in the event that any debt instruments acquired by the Fund are delinquent as to mandatory principal and interest payments, or in the event payments with respect to a particular debt instrument are not made when due, the Fund may nonetheless be required to continue to recognize the unpaid interest as taxable income as it accrues, despite doubt as to its ultimate collectability.

Status as Regulated Investment Company. As described under the heading “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations,” the Fund must satisfy, among other requirements, an asset diversification test in order to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. Under that test, the Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities of any one issuer limited for the purposes of this calculation to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer, or two or more issuers that the Fund controls and are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

If the Fund fails to satisfy as of the close of any quarter the asset diversification test referred to in the preceding paragraph, it will have 30 days to cure the failure by, for example, selling securities that are the source of the violation. Other cure provisions are available in the Code for a failure to satisfy the asset diversification test, but any such cure provision may involve the payment of a penalty excise tax. If the Fund fails to cure an asset diversification violation, it may lose its status as a regulated investment company under the Code. In that case, all of its taxable income would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to stockholders. In addition, all distributions (including distributions of net capital gain) would be taxed to the Fund’s Common Stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Accordingly, disqualification as a regulated investment company could have a material adverse effect on the value of the Fund’s Common Stock and the amount of Fund distributions.

Risks Associated with the Fund’s Ability To Satisfy Regulated Investment Company Distribution Requirements. The Fund generally must distribute annually at least 90% of its taxable income, excluding any net capital gain, in order to maintain its treatment as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent that the Fund satisfies this distribution requirement, but distributes less than 100% of its

 

55

---

taxable income, including any net capital gain, the Fund will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on the Fund’s undistributed taxable income. In addition, the Fund will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that the Fund distributes to its stockholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under U.S. federal income tax laws. The Fund intends to make distributions to its stockholders to comply with the requirements of the Code and to avoid paying U.S. federal income taxes and, if practicable, excise taxes, on undistributed taxable income.

However, due to each of the potential timing differences between income recognition or expense deduction and cash receipts or disbursements, there is a significant risk that the Fund may have substantial taxable income in excess of cash available for distribution. To satisfy its distribution requirements, the Fund may sell securities that it would not otherwise desire to sell, borrow on unfavorable terms or distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt. In addition, the Fund may make distributions in its Common Stock to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Fund’s treatment as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes, but no assurances can be given in this regard.

Despite undertaking the efforts mentioned in the previous paragraph, the Fund may not be able to distribute the amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain its treatment as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes. If the Fund were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, material adverse tax consequences would result to investors. The Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to the Fund’s Common Stockholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a regulated investment company.

Cash/Stock Dividend Risks. The Fund may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash and Common Stock at the election of each Common Stockholder. Under Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Revenue Procedure 2017-45, up to 80% of the aggregate of any such taxable dividends could be payable in the Fund’s Common Stock with the 20% or greater balance paid in cash. Common Stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as taxable income to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Common Stockholders may be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. If a Common Stockholder sells the Common Stock that it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of the Fund’s Common Stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. Common Stockholders, the Fund may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in Common Stock. In addition, if a significant number of the Fund’s Common Stockholders determine to sell shares of the Fund’s Common Stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of the Fund’s Common Stock. It is unclear whether and to what extent the Fund will be able to pay taxable dividends in cash and Common Stock (whether pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2017-45 or otherwise).

Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk

The Fund’s Charter and Bylaws include provisions that are designed to limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund for short-term objectives, including by converting the Fund to open-end status or changing the composition of the Board. The Bylaws also contain a provision providing that the Board of Directors has adopted a resolution to opt in the Fund to the provisions of the MCSAA. There can be no assurance, however, that such provisions will be sufficient to deter professional arbitrageurs that seek to cause the Fund to take actions that may not be consistent with its investment objective or aligned with the interests of long-term stockholders, such as liquidating debt investments prior to maturity, triggering taxable events for

 

56

---

stockholders and decreasing the size of the Fund. See “Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws” and “Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws—Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act.” (“MCSAA”). Such provisions may limit the ability of stockholders to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging an investor from seeking to obtain control of the Fund.

In determining to opt in to the MCSAA, the Board of Directors considered its fiduciary obligations to the Fund. In particular, the Board of Directors considered whether the interests of a short-term professional investor seeking to arbitrage the Fund’s market price would be consistent with the interests of stockholders that invested in the Fund due to its investment objective of total return with an emphasis on income. In order to seek to allow the Fund to achieve its investment objective for those long-term stockholders, the Board of Directors determined that it would be in the best interests of the Fund to opt in to the MCSAA. In making this decision, the Board of Directors considered a decision in the U.S. District Court for the District of Maryland, which had the effect of allowing a closed-end fund organized in Maryland to remain opted in to the MCSAA notwithstanding a counterclaim alleging that the fund’s decision to opt in to the MCSAA violated Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act. A recent decision by the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, however, held that certain Funds that opted into the MCSAA violated Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act. The decision has been affirmed by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. These decisions are incompatible with the prior decision in Maryland federal court that allowed a registered closed-end fund organized as a Maryland corporation to remain opted into the MCSAA, resulting in a circuit split on the issue. There is a risk that a court could follow the reasoning of the New York federal court, as opposed to the decision of the Maryland federal court, when determining whether a closed-end fund organized in Maryland can opt in to the MCSAA.

Operational Risk

The valuation of the Fund’s investments may be negatively impacted because of the operational risks arising from factors such as processing errors and human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, changes in personnel, and errors caused by third party service providers or trading counterparties. It is not possible to identify all of the operational risks that may affect the Fund or to develop processes and controls that completely eliminate or mitigate the occurrence of such failures. The Fund and its stockholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

Cybersecurity Risk

Cybersecurity incidents, both intentional and unintentional, may allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, Fund or proprietary information, cause the Fund, the Fund’s manager and subadvisers and/or their service providers to suffer data breaches, data corruption or loss of operational functionality or prevent fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund, manager and subadvisers have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cybersecurity incidents affecting third party service providers, and such third party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund or Investment Manager. Cybersecurity incidents may result in financial losses to the Fund and its stockholders, and substantial costs may be incurred in an effort to prevent or mitigate future cybersecurity incidents. Issuers of securities in which the Fund invests are also subject to cybersecurity risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cybersecurity incidents.

 

57

---

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Directors and Officers

The overall management of the business and affairs of the Fund is vested in the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors approves all significant agreements between the Fund and persons or companies furnishing services to the Fund. The day-to-day operation of the Fund is delegated to the officers of the Fund, FTFA and the Subadvisers, subject always to the investment objectives, restrictions and policies of the Fund and to the general supervision of the Board of Directors. Certain Directors and officers of the Fund are affiliated with Franklin Templeton, the parent corporation of FTFA and the Subadvisers. All of the Fund’s executive officers hold similar offices with some or all of the other funds advised by FTFA.

Investment Manager

Franklin Templeton Fund Adviser, LLC, located at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, serves as the Fund’s investment manager. FTFA is a registered investment adviser and provides administrative and management services to the Fund. As of [ ], 2024, FTFA’s total assets under management were approximately $[ ] billion. FTFA is a wholly owned subsidiary of Franklin Templeton. Franklin Templeton is a global asset management firm. As of [ ], 2024, Franklin Templeton’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management over $[ ] trillion.

Subadvisers

ClearBridge, located at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10018, is one of the Fund’s subadvisers. ClearBridge is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Templeton, and provides investment advisory services to the Fund by both determining the allocation of the Fund’s assets between equity and fixed income investments and performing the day-to-day management of the Fund’s investments in equity securities.

As of [ ], 2024, ClearBridge and its supervised affiliates had approximately $[ ] billion in assets under management.

ClearBridge receives an annual subadvisory fee, payable monthly, from FTFA in an amount equal to 70% of the management fee paid to FTFA. This fee is divided on a pro rata basis, based on assets allocated to each subadviser.

Western Asset Management Company, located at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101, serves as the Fund’s other subadviser. Western Asset, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Templeton, is a registered investment adviser and has day-to-day responsibility for managing the fixed income portion of the Fund’s direct investments, subject to the supervision of the Fund’s Board of Directors and FTFA.

As of [ ], 2024, Western Asset and its investment advisory affiliates over which Western Asset has operational responsibility, or its supervised affiliates, had approximately $[ ] billion in assets under management.

However, investors should be aware that the investments made by the Fund and the results achieved by the Fund at any given time are not expected to be the same as those made by other funds for which Western Asset or ClearBridge act as investment advisers, including funds with names, investment objectives and policies similar to the Fund.

Non-U.S. Subadviser

In connection with Western Asset’s service to the Fund, Western Asset London provides certain subadvisory services pursuant to the Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement. Western Asset London was founded in 1984 and has offices at 10 Exchange Square, Primrose Street, London EC2A2EN.

 

58

---

Western Asset London is a corporation organized under the laws of England and is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and has irrevocably designated the Secretary of the SEC, as its agent to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding to enforce the provisions of U.S. securities laws. There can be no assurance that Western Asset London will have any assets in the United States that could be attached in connection with any action, suit or proceeding. In addition, it may not be possible to enforce judgments of U.S. courts or liabilities in original actions predicated upon civil liability provisions of U.S. law in foreign courts against Western Asset London. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that such foreign courts would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against Western Asset London predicated solely upon the federal securities laws.

Western Asset London is generally responsible for managing investments denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars, including the related portions of Western Asset’s broader portfolios, as well as servicing these relationships. Western Asset London undertakes investment-related activities including investment management, research and analysis and securities settlement.

While ClearBridge and Western Asset will remain ultimately responsible for investment decisions relating to the Fund’s portfolio, Western Asset London provides certain subadvisory services to the Fund relating to currency transactions and investments in non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities and related foreign currency instruments.

Western Asset London is a registered investment adviser and is an affiliate of Franklin Templeton, FTFA, ClearBridge and Western Asset.

Investment Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement

Investment Management Agreement

Under the Fund’s management agreement with FTFA (the “Investment Management Agreement”), subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board, FTFA is delegated the responsibility of managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s stated investment objectives and policies, making investment decisions for the Fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. FTFA performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the Fund, such as (1) supervising the overall administration of the Fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with, and the monitoring of performance and billings of, the Fund’s transfer agent, stockholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (2) providing certain compliance, Fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (3) preparing or participating in the preparation of materials for the Fund’s Board of Directors, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to stockholders; (4) maintaining the Fund’s existence and (5) maintaining the registration and qualification of the Fund’s shares under federal and (if required) state laws.

FTFA also provides the office space, facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to perform the following services for the Fund: SEC compliance, including record keeping, reporting requirements and registration statements and proxies; supervision of Fund operations, including coordination of functions of the transfer agent, custodian, accountants, counsel and other parties performing services or operational functions for the Fund; and certain administrative and clerical services, including certain accounting services and maintenance of certain books and records.

The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect, unless otherwise terminated, until July 31, 2025 and then will continue from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Fund’s Board of Directors or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not “interested persons” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (the “Independent Directors”) with such Independent Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The

 

59

---

Investment Management Agreement provides that FTFA may render services to others. The Investment Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the Fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s Directors, or by FTFA on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Management Agreement provides that neither FTFA nor its personnel or affiliates shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

Other than the cash management services it provides for certain equity funds, FTFA does not provide day-to-day portfolio management services. Rather, portfolio management for the Fund is provided by ClearBridge and Western Asset.

ClearBridge Sub-Advisory Agreement

ClearBridge provides services to the Fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement between FTFA and ClearBridge (the “ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement”). Under the ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board of Directors and FTFA, ClearBridge will manage the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund.

The ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement for the Fund will continue in effect, unless otherwise terminated, until July 31, 2025 and then will continue from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board of Directors or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Directors with such Independent Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board of Directors or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to ClearBridge. ClearBridge may terminate the ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the Fund and FTFA. FTFA and ClearBridge may terminate the ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

Western Asset Sub-Advisory Agreement

Western Asset provides services to the Fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement between FTFA and Western Asset (the “Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement”). Under the Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board of Directors and FTFA, Western Asset will manage the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund.

The Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement for the Fund will continue in effect, unless otherwise terminated, until July 31, 2025 and then will continue from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board of Directors or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Directors with such Independent Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board of Directors or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to Western Asset. Western Asset may terminate the subadvisory agreement on 90 days’

 

60

---

written notice to the Fund and FTFA. FTFA and Western Asset may terminate the Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement

Western Asset London provides services to the Fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement between Western Asset London and Western Asset (the “Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement”). The Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement provides that, subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board of Directors and FTFA, Western Asset London will manage the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund.

The Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement for the Fund will continue in effect, unless otherwise terminated, until July 31, 2025 and then will continue from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board of Directors or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Directors with such Independent Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board of Directors or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to Western Asset London. Western Asset London may terminate the Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the Fund and Western Asset. Western Asset and Western Asset London may terminate the Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

Advisory Fees

For its services, the Fund has agreed to pay FTFA an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 0.85% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. The Fund’s management fee and other expenses are borne by the stockholders.

ClearBridge and Western Asset each receive an annual subadvisory fee from FTFA, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 70% of the management fee paid to FTFA. This fee will be divided on a pro rata basis, based on assets allocated to each subadviser. No advisory fee will be paid by the Fund directly to ClearBridge or Western Asset.

Western Asset pays Western Asset London a fee for its services at no additional expense to the Fund. Western Asset pays Western Asset London monthly a subadvisory fee of 0.30% on the assets managed by Western Asset London.

The basis for the Board of Directors’ approval of the continuance of the Investment Management Agreement, ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement, Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement and Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement is provided in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual stockholder report for the periods during which such continuance occurs. The basis for subsequent continuations of such agreements will be provided in annual or semi-annual reports to stockholders for the periods during which such continuations occur.

Subadviser Philosophy

The Fund’s portfolio managers at ClearBridge believe that constructing a well-diversified portfolio of income producing securities can offer an attractive investment opportunity for the long-term investor. The

 

61

---

portfolio managers believe that equity securities which offer an attractive current yield combined with the potential for income growth or capital appreciation can be attractive candidates for investment purposes. The portfolio managers further believe that seeking such equity income opportunities in a diverse set of asset classes, such as dividend paying stocks, REITs and MLPs, can help diversify the portfolio and mitigate risk.

Western Asset’s portfolios are constructed using top-down economic and industry knowledge integrated with bottom-up fundamental credit research. Portfolio managers combine Western Asset’s economic assessment along with industry sector insights from its dedicated research staff to derive the general framework for portfolio construction. This framework provides the foundation for how the portfolio will be positioned with respect to risk (aggressive, neutral, conservative) as well as identifying sector overweights and underweights. Risk and weightings are formally re-visited on a monthly basis, but informally evaluated on a continual basis.

Subadviser Investment Process

The Fund’s portfolio managers at ClearBridge believe that companies which are well positioned in their market sector, exhibit sound or improving balance sheets, and have attractive dividend or distribution profiles can be attractive candidates for investment purposes. The Fund’s portfolio managers believe that these securities can offer an attractive opportunity for total return given their typically high or growing cash distributions coupled with the potential for capital appreciation over time. The Fund’s portfolio managers further believe that these investment candidates can be found in a number of different sectors and asset classes, including, but not limited to, common stocks, MLPs, REITs, Convertible securities and Preferred securities.

Peter Vanderlee, CFA, of ClearBridge, oversees the Fund’s allocation between equity and fixed income securities, as well as the Fund’s equity investments in general, with a focus on dividend-paying securities. The ClearBridge portfolio management team also includes Patrick McElroy, CFA, with particular expertise in REITs and MLPs, and together they manage the equity side of the Fund with a “bottom-up” approach focused on the risk and reward of each investment opportunity.

ClearBridge employs a rigorous, bottom-up research process focused on seeking to find securities that adhere to its investment philosophy. ClearBridge uses a comprehensive valuation framework to assess the attractiveness of an investment. Valuation metrics can include, among others, price earnings ratios, free cash yields, EV/EBITDA ratios, dividend yield and forecasted growth rates in areas such as revenues, earnings, dividends or free cash flow. Other areas that the portfolio managers analyze include the stability of the cash flows a company generates, the stability of its dividend or distribution, the ability to increase the dividend or distribution over time, the quality of the company’s management team and the attractiveness of the market in which the company operates.

ClearBridge places strong emphasis on risk management around its investment process. Risk management considerations are contemplated at both the level of the individual investment and the portfolio as a whole. For example, individual position sizes are evaluated from a risk perspective. In addition, at the level of the individual investment, a risk assessment is performed around the sustainability of the dividend or distribution. In evaluating the dividend or distribution sustainability, the portfolio managers utilize balance sheet analysis, the amount of financial leverage employed, free cash flow analysis and financial modeling. At the portfolio level, ClearBridge pays close attention to sector weightings and asset allocation, as well ell as macroeconomic and broader market considerations.

ClearBridge will evaluate the Fund’s current individual investments on an on-going basis to ensure they meet the Fund’s investment objective, strategies and risk management profile. When an individual security, in ClearBridge’s assessment, no longer offers attractive dividend or distribution, exhibits a deteriorating balance sheet or free cash flow profile, or does no longer offer an attractive risk/reward proposition, the Fund may sell the security. In addition, the Fund may also sell securities in instances where more attractive investments, based on ClearBridge’s assessment of risk-adjusted total return, become available to the Fund.

 

62

---

A portfolio management team at Western Asset manages the fixed income portion of the Fund. The fixed income portfolio management team includes portfolio managers Christopher F. Kilpatrick, Mark Lindbloom, Michael C. Buchanan and Ryan Brist. Their focus is on portfolio structure, including sector allocation, duration weighting and term structure decisions.

Western Asset’s construction process begins with Western Asset’s view regarding the global macroeconomic environment. Western Asset’s view is determined by the U.S. Broad Strategy Committee. This Committee includes Western Asset’s senior portfolio managers, the heads of the various fixed-income asset classes and senior officers of Western Asset. This Committee discusses debates and determines Western Asset’s broad market portfolio strategies while considering various inputs including central bank policies, strength of the economy, direction of interest rates and shape of the yield curve.

The Global Credit Committee (“GCC”) considers the output of the U.S. Broad Strategy Committee particularly as it relates to setting the overall risk profile for credit portfolios as well as when considering gaining non-benchmark sector exposure, if allowed by a fund’s guidelines. The members of the GCC include the heads of the various credit asset classes including U.S. high-yield, U.S. investment-grade, U.S. bank loan, emerging market credit, non-U.S. high-yield and non-U.S. investment-grade credit. The GCC meets monthly, or as needed, with the primary objectives of rating the relative value characteristics of the credit asset classes and providing guidance as to a portfolios relative risk profile.

Investment Management Team

Set forth below is information regarding the team of professionals at ClearBridge and Western Asset responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the Fund.

 

Name, Address and Title		Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Peter Vanderlee ClearBridge 300 S.E. 2nd Street Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301		Portfolio manager of the Fund and responsible for overseeing the Fund’s allocation between equity and fixed income securities, as well as the Fund’s equity investments in general; Managing Director and Portfolio Manager with ClearBridge Investments. Mr. Vanderlee has 23 years of investment management experience and thirteen years of related investment experience.
Patrick McElroy ClearBridge 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018		Portfolio manager of the Fund; Mr. McElroy is a Director and a Portfolio Manager of ClearBridge. Mr. McElroy joined the subadviser in 2007 and was previously a Convertible Securities Research Analyst for Palisade Capital Management, a Convertible Securities and Equities Research Analyst at Jefferies & Co., a Research Associate for Fixed Income at Standard & Poor’s and prior to that, worked in Fixed Income Division Sales at Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette Securities. He has 31 years of investment industry experience.

 

63

---

Name, Address and Title		Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Michael C. Buchanan Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101		Responsible for the day-to-day management with other members of Western Asset’s portfolio management team of the fixed income portion of the Fund; Chief Investment Officer of Western Asset since 2023; employed by Western Asset as an investment professional for at least the past five years Managing Director and head of U.S. Credit Products from 2003-2005 at Credit Suisse Asset Management.
Ryan Brist Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101		Responsible for the day-to-day management with other members of Western Asset’s portfolio management team of the fixed income portion of the Fund; Head of U.S. Investment Grade Credit of Western Asset since 2009; Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager at Logan Circle Partners, L.P. from 2007-2009; Co-Chief Investment Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager at Delaware Investment Advisors from 2000-2007.
Mark Lindbloom Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101		Co-portfolio manager of the fixed income portion of the Fund; Portfolio Manager with Western Asset since 2006. Formerly, a Managing Director of Citigroup Asset Management and its predecessors from 1986-2006.
Christopher F. Kilpatrick Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101		Responsible for the day-to-day management with other members of Western Asset’s portfolio management team of the fixed income portion of the Fund; employed by Western Asset Management as an investment professional for at least the past five years.

Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by them and other information is provided in the SAI.

Control Persons

A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. The Fund currently has no control person.

 

64

---

NET ASSET VALUE

The Fund determines the net asset value of its Common Stock on each day the NYSE is open for business, as of the close of the customary trading session (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time), or any earlier closing time that day. The Fund determines the net asset value per share of Common Stock by dividing the value of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets (including the value of derivatives and interest accrued but not collected) less all its liabilities (including accrued expenses, the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock and dividends payable) by the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Securities are valued at the mean between the last quoted bid and asked prices provided by an independent pricing service that are based on transactions in corporate obligations, quotations from corporate bond dealers, market transactions in comparable securities and various other relationships between securities. The Fund values portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available at the last reported sales price or official closing price on the primary market or exchange on which they trade. Under the Fund’s valuation policies and procedures, which were adopted by the Board, the Fund’s short-term investments are valued at amortized cost when the security has 60 days or less to maturity. Determination of the Common Stock’s net asset value is made in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The Fund values all other securities and assets at their fair value. If events occur that materially affect the value of a security between the time trading ends on the security and the close of the customary trading session of the NYSE, the Fund may value the security at its fair value as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors. The effect of using fair value pricing is that the Common Stock’s net asset value will be subject to the judgment of the Board of Directors or its designee instead of being determined by the market.

Any swap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating net asset value. Any cap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to the Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.

The Fund’s Board of Directors has adopted valuation policies and procedures in accordance with SEC Rule 2a-5. The Investment Manager has been designated as the valuation designee and is responsible for the oversight of the daily valuation process. The Investment Manager is assisted by the Global Fund Valuation Committee. The Global Fund Valuation Committee is responsible for making fair value determinations, evaluating the effectiveness of the Fund’s pricing policies, and reporting to the Investment Manager and the Board of Directors. When determining the reliability of third party pricing information for investments owned by the Fund, the Global Fund Valuation Committee, among other things, conducts due diligence reviews of pricing vendors, monitors the daily change in prices and reviews transactions among market participants. Because the Investment Manager will receive fees from the Fund based on the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, there is a potential conflict of interest related to the Investment Manager’s role in valuing the Fund’s investments. These fees could influence the valuation advice the Investment Manager provides to the Global Fund Valuation Committee.

For each portfolio security that has been fair valued pursuant to the policies adopted by the Board of Directors, the fair value price is compared against the last available and next available market quotations. The Global Fund Valuation Committee reviews the results of such back testing monthly and fair valuation occurrences are reported to the Board of Directors quarterly.

The Fund uses valuation techniques to measure fair value that are consistent with the market approach and/or income approach, depending on the type of security and the particular circumstance. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable securities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to discount estimated future cash flows to present value.

 

65

---

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Fund’s Board of Directors has authorized a managed distribution plan pursuant to which the Fund makes monthly distributions to stockholders at a fixed rate of $0.1130 per share of Common Stock, which rate may be adjusted from time to time by the Fund’s Board (the “Policy”). The Policy is intended to provide stockholders with a constant, but not guaranteed, fixed minimum rate of distribution each month. The Fund is managed with a goal of generating as much of the distribution as possible from net ordinary income and short-term capital gains that is consistent with the Fund’s investment strategy and risk profile. To the extent that sufficient distributable income is not available on a monthly basis, the Fund will distribute long-term capital gains and/or return of capital in order to maintain its managed distribution rate. A return of capital may occur, for example, when some or all of the money that was invested in the Fund is paid back to stockholders. A return of capital distribution does not necessarily reflect the Fund’s investment performance and should not be confused with “yield” or “income”. Even though the Fund may realize current year capital gains, such gains may be offset, in whole or in part, by the Fund’s capital loss carryovers from prior years.

The Board may amend the terms of the Policy or terminate the Policy at any time without prior notice to the Fund’s stockholders, however, at this time there are no reasonably foreseeable circumstances that might cause the termination of the Policy. The amendment or termination of the Policy could have an adverse effect on the market price of the Fund’s Common Stock. The Policy is subject to the periodic review by the Board to determine if an adjustment should be made.

Stockholders should not draw any conclusions about the Fund’s investment performance from the amount of the current distribution or from the terms of the Fund’s Policy. The Fund will send a Form 1099-DIV to stockholders for the calendar year that will describe how to report the Fund’s distributions for federal income tax purposes.

The following table sets forth information about distributions we paid to our Common Stockholders during the past three fiscal years, percentage participation by Common Stockholders in our dividend reinvestment program and reinvestments and related issuances of additional shares of Common Stock as a result of such participation (the information in the table is unaudited):

[To come.]

A distribution by the Fund consisting of a return of capital should not be considered a dividend yield or total return of an investment in the Fund’s Common Stock. Common Stockholders who receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Stockholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Fund is net profits. The Fund has previously made distributions that included a return of capital. A return of capital is a return to investors of a portion of their original investment in the Fund. In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation in which a Fund distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of a stockholder’s investment in the Fund, rather than making a distribution that is funded from the Fund’s earned income or other profits. Although return of capital distributions may not be currently taxable, such distributions would decrease the basis of a stockholder’s shares (but not below zero), and therefore may increase a stockholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of shares, even if sold at a loss to the stockholder’s original investment.

Unless a Common Stockholder elects to receive distributions in cash (i.e., opt out), all of such Common Stockholder’s distributions, including any capital gains distributions on Common Stock, will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

66

---

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash (i.e., opt-out), all dividends, including any capital gain dividends and return of capital distributions, on your Common Stock will be automatically reinvested by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as agent for the stockholders (the “Plan Agent”), in additional shares of Common Stock under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”). You may elect not to participate in the Plan by contacting the Plan Agent. If you do not participate, you will receive all cash distributions paid by check mailed directly to you by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as dividend paying agent.

If you participate in the Plan, the number of shares of Common Stock you will receive will be determined as follows:

 

(1)

If the market price of the Common Stock (plus $0.03 per share commission) on the payment date (or, if the payment date is not a NYSE trading day, the immediately preceding trading day) is equal to or exceeds the net asset value per share of the Common Stock at the close of trading on the NYSE on the payment date, the Fund will issue new Common Stock at a price equal to the greater of

 

(a)

the net asset value per share at the close of trading on the NYSE on the payment date or

 

(b)

95% of the market price per share of the Common Stock on the payment date.

 

(2)

If the net asset value per share of the Common Stock exceeds the market price of the Common Stock (plus $0.03 per share commission) at the close of trading on the NYSE on the payment date, the Plan Agent will receive the dividend or distribution in cash and will buy Common Stock in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for your account as soon as practicable commencing on the trading day following the payment date and terminating no later than the earlier of (a) 30 days after the dividend or distribution payment date, or (b) the payment date for the next succeeding dividend or distribution to be made to the stockholders; except when necessary to comply with applicable provisions of the federal securities laws. If during this period: (i) the market price (plus $0.03 per share commission) rises so that it equals or exceeds the net asset value per share of the Common Stock at the close of trading on the NYSE on the payment date before the Plan Agent has completed the open market purchases or (ii) if the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full amount eligible to be reinvested in open market purchases, the Plan Agent will cease purchasing Common Stock in the open market and the Fund shall issue the remaining Common Stock at a price per share equal to the greater of (a) the net asset value per share at the close of trading on the NYSE on the day prior to the issuance of shares for reinvestment or (b) 95% of the then current market price per share.

Common Stock in your account will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form. Any proxy you receive will include all shares of Common Stock you have received under the Plan.

You may withdraw from the Plan (i.e., opt-out) by notifying the Plan Agent in writing at 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600, Louisville, KY 40202 or by calling the Plan Agent at 1-888-888-0151. Such withdrawal will be effective immediately if notice is received by the Plan Agent not less than ten business days prior to any dividend or distribution record date; otherwise such withdrawal will be effective as soon as practicable after the Plan Agent’s investment of the most recently declared dividend or distribution on the Common Stock.

Plan participants who sell their shares will be charged a service charge (currently $5.00 per transaction) and the Plan Agent is authorized to deduct brokerage charges actually incurred from the proceeds (currently $0.05 per share commission). There is no service charge for reinvestment of your dividends or distributions in Common Stock. However, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open market purchases. Because all dividends and distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock, this allows you to add to your investment through dollar cost averaging, which may lower the average cost of your Common Stock over time. Dollar cost averaging is a technique for

 

67

---

lowering the average cost per share over time if the Fund’s net asset value declines. While dollar cost averaging has definite advantages, it cannot assure profit or protect against loss in declining markets.

Automatically reinvesting dividends and distributions does not mean that you do not have to pay income taxes due upon receiving dividends and distributions. Investors will be subject to income tax on amounts reinvested under the Plan.

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan if, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, the change is warranted. The Plan may be terminated, amended or supplemented by the Fund upon notice in writing mailed to stockholders at least 30 days prior to the record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund for which the termination or amendment is to be effective. Upon any termination, you will be sent cash for any fractional share of Common Stock in your account. You may elect to notify the Plan Agent in advance of such termination to have the Plan Agent sell part or all of your Common Stock on your behalf. Additional information about the Plan and your account may be obtained from the Plan Agent at 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600, Louisville, KY 40202 or by calling the Plan Agent at 1-888-888-0151.

 

68

---

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Stock

As of [ ], 2025, we had approximately [ ] million shares of Common Stock outstanding. All Common Stock offered pursuant to this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement will be, upon issuance, duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable, and will have no pre-emptive, conversion or appraisal rights or rights to cumulative voting. All Common Stock offered pursuant to this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement will be of the same class and will have identical rights, as described below.

The Charter authorizes the issuance of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. All shares of Common Stock have equal rights with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation. Common Stock will, when issued, be fully paid and nonassessable, and will have no preemptive or conversion rights or rights to cumulative voting. The Board of Directors, without a stockholder vote, may amend the Charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock authorized and can reclassify any authorized but unissued shares.

The Fund’s Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the trading or “ticker” symbol “SCD.” The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of stockholders so long as the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing. The Fund must continue to meet the NYSE requirements in order for the Common Stock to remain listed.

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds, like the Fund, do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a stockholder determines to buy additional shares of Common Stock or sell shares of Common Stock already held, the stockholder may do so by trading on the NYSE through a broker or otherwise. Shares of closed-end funds may frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value. The market value of the Common Stock may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), call protection, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, net asset value, relative demand for and supply of such Common Stock in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the control of the Fund. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Stock will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The Fund’s Common Stock is designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in Common Stock should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See “Repurchase of Fund Shares.”

The Fund may also issue shares of Common Stock in a rights offering at a price below the then current net asset value so long as certain conditions are met, including: (i) a good faith determination by the Fund’s Board of Directors that such offering would result in a net benefit to existing stockholders; (ii) the offering fully protects stockholders’ preemptive rights and does not discriminate among stockholders (except for the possible effect of not offering fractional rights); (iii) management uses its best efforts to ensure an adequate trading market in the rights for use by stockholders who do not exercise such rights; and (iv) the ratio of a transferable rights offering does not exceed one new share for each three rights held. The specific terms of any rights offering conducted by the Fund will be provided in a Prospectus Supplement.

Each outstanding share of Common Stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of Common Stockholders, including the election of Directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series, the Common Stockholders will possess the exclusive voting power. Each director shall be elected by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors. There is no cumulative voting in the election of Directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock can elect all of the Directors then standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares of Common Stock will not be able to elect any Directors.

 

69

---

Preferred Stock

The Charter provides that the Fund’s Board of Directors may classify and issue additional classes or series of capital stock, including preferred stock, with rights as determined by the Board of Directors, by action of the Board of Directors without the approval of the Common Stockholders. We do not currently have any authorized shares of Preferred Stock. Common Stockholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Stock that might be issued.

The Fund may elect to issue Preferred Stock as part of its leverage strategy. The Board of Directors also reserves the right to authorize the Fund to issue Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, which currently limits the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding Preferred Stock plus the principal amount of any outstanding leverage consisting of debt to 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund (other than leverage consisting of Preferred Stock). However, under current conditions it is unlikely that the Fund will issue Preferred Stock. Although the terms of any Preferred Stock, including dividend rate, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, will be set forth in articles supplementary classifying and designating such Preferred Stock, the Fund believes that it is likely that the liquidation preference, voting rights and redemption provisions of the Preferred Stock may be similar to those stated below.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund, the holders of Preferred Stock, if any, will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the original purchase price per share of Preferred Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to Common Stockholders. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund.

Voting Rights

The 1940 Act requires that the holders of any Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two directors at all times. The remaining directors will be elected by holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any Preferred Stock have the right to elect a majority of the directors of the Fund at any time that two years of dividends on any Preferred Stock are unpaid. The 1940 Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by the stockholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, would be required to: (i) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the Preferred Stock and (ii) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act, including, among other things, changes in the Fund’s subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. See “Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws.” As a result of these voting rights, the Fund’s ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. Except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law or the Charter, holders of Preferred Stock will have equal voting rights with Common Stockholders (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the 1940 Act) and will vote together with Common Stockholders as a single class.

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, will be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of Preferred Stock so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock. The class vote of holders of Preferred Stock described above will in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.

 

70

---

Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Stock by the Fund

The terms of any Preferred Stock issued are expected to provide that: (i) they are redeemable by the Fund in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share; (ii) the Fund may tender for or purchase Preferred Stock; and (iii) the Fund may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Stock by the Fund will reduce any leverage applicable to the Common Stock, while any resale of shares by the Fund will increase that leverage.

The discussion above describes the possible offering of Preferred Stock by the Fund. If the Board of Directors determines to proceed with such an offering, the terms of the Preferred Stock may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Fund’s Charter. The Board of Directors, without the approval of the Common Stockholders, may authorize an offering of Preferred Stock or may determine not to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the Preferred Stock to be offered.

 

71

---

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE CHARTER AND BYLAWS

The Fund has provisions in its Charter and Bylaws that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, to cause it to engage in certain transactions or to modify its structure. These provisions could have the effect of depriving Common Stockholders of opportunities to sell their Common Stock at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Stock. At the Fund’s first annual meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors was divided into three classes, having initial terms ending at the first, second and third annual meeting of stockholders thereafter, respectively. At the annual meeting of stockholders in each year thereafter, the term of one class will expire and Directors will be elected to serve in that class for terms ending at the third annual meeting of stockholders following their election and until their representative successors are duly elected and qualify. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors. A Director may be removed from office only for cause and then only by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of Directors.

The Fund’s Bylaws provide that with respect to any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, the business must be pursuant to the Fund’s notice of meeting, by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or properly brought by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record as of the record date for the meeting, at the time of giving notice and at the time of the annual meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual nominated or on such other business and who complied with the advance notice procedures of the Bylaws. To be properly brought before a special meeting, the business must be pursuant to the Fund’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be properly brought before a special meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or properly brought by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record as of the record date for the meeting, at the time of giving notice and at the time of the special meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who complied with the advance notice procedures of the Bylaws.

The affirmative vote of at least 75% of the entire Board of Directors is required to authorize the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, or any Charter amendments related thereto. Such conversion or amendment also requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the stockholders of the Fund unless it is approved by a vote of at least 75% of the Continuing Directors (as defined below), in which event such conversion will require the approval of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the stockholders of the Fund. A “Continuing Director” is any member of the Board of Directors who (i) is not a person or affiliate of a person, other than an investment company advised by FTFA or any of its affiliates, who enters or proposes to enter into a Business Combination (as defined below) with the Fund (an “Interested Party”) and (ii) who has been a member of the Board of Directors for a period of at least 12 months, or is a successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with an Interested Party and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors. To amend the Charter to change any of the provisions of the first paragraph under this heading, or this paragraph, the Charter requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the entire Board of Directors and at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders.

The affirmative votes of at least 75% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of at least (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the stockholders of the Fund and (ii) in the case of a Business Combination (as defined below), 66²⁄₃% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the stockholders of the Fund other than votes held by an Interested Party who is (or whose affiliate is) a party to a Business Combination or an affiliate or associate of the Interested Party, are required to authorize any of the following transactions:

 

(i)

a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of the Fund with or into any other person;

 

(ii)

an issuance or transfer by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12-month period) of any securities of the Fund to any person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or

 

72

---

combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding issuances or transfers of debt securities of the Fund, sales of securities of the Fund in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Fund pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Fund, issuances of securities of the Fund upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund and portfolio transactions effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iii)

the sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12-month period) to or with any person or entity of any assets of the Fund having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more except for portfolio transactions (including pledges of portfolio securities in connection with borrowings) effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of its business (transactions within clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above being known individually as a “Business Combination”);

 

(iv)

the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Fund or an amendment to the Charter to terminate the Fund’s existence; or

 

(v)

unless the 1940 Act or federal law requires a lesser vote, any stockholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets as to which stockholder approval is required under federal or Maryland law.

However, the stockholder vote described above will not be required with respect to the foregoing transactions (other than those set forth in (v) above) if they are approved by a vote of at least 75% of the Continuing Directors. In that case, if Maryland law requires stockholder approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of votes entitled to be cast thereon shall be required.

The Charter and Bylaws contain provisions the effect of which is to prevent matters, including nominations of Directors, from being considered at an annual stockholders’ meeting where the Fund has not received notice of the matters generally at least 120 but no more than 150 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting.

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision eliminating the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. The Fund’s Charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. In addition, the Fund has provisions in its Charter and Bylaws that obligate the Fund, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify any present or former Director or officer from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former Director or officer of the Fund and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

Reference is made to the Charter and Bylaws of the Fund, on file with the SEC, for the full text of these provisions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving Common Stockholders of an opportunity to sell their Common Stock at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. These provisions, however, offer several possible advantages. They may require persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid for the Common Stock required to obtain such control, they promote continuity and stability and they enhance the Fund’s ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objectives.

Maryland Business Combination Act

The Maryland Business Combination Act will not be applicable to the Fund as a registered closed-end investment company unless and until its Board of Directors adopts a resolution to be subject to the statute,

 

73

---

provided that the resolution will not be effective with respect to a “business combination” with any person who has become an interested stockholder before the time that the resolution is adopted.

Under the Maryland Business Combination Act, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

 

•

any person who beneficially owns ten percent or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares; or

 

•

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors of the corporation approved in advance the transaction by which he otherwise would have become an interested stockholder.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

•

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

•

662⁄3% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom, or with whose affiliate, the business combination is to be effected, or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s Common Stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors of the corporation prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder.

If adopted by the Board of Directors, the Maryland Business Combination Act could discourage others from trying to acquire control of the Fund and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act

The Fund has elected, by resolution unanimously adopted by the Board of Directors, to be subject to the MCSAA. The MCSAA provides that a holder of control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition will not be entitled to vote its control shares except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter (i.e., entitled to vote on the restoration of voting rights for the holder of the control shares). Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquiror or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

•

one-tenth or more but less than one-third,

 

•

one-third or more but less than a majority, or

 

•

a majority or more of all voting power.

 

74

---

Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval as described above. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the holder of control shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights for the holder of control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition.

The MCSAA does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the Fund is a party to the transaction, (b) to shares acquired under the satisfaction of a pledge or other security interest created in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing the MCSAA, or (c) to acquisitions of shares approved or exempted by a provision contained in the Charter or Bylaws of the Fund and adopted at any time before the acquisition of the shares. The Bylaws provide that the MCSAA will not apply to any acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares of the Fund by any company that, in accordance with the 1940 Act or SEC exemptive order or other regulatory relief or guidance, votes the shares held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such security or all securities.

The MCSAA is designed to discourage others from trying to acquire control of the Fund for short-term objectives, including by converting the Fund to open-end status or changing the composition of the Board, that may be detrimental to the Fund’s ability to achieve its primary investment objective of total return with an emphasis on income. Such provisions may limit the ability of stockholders to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund. There can be no assurance, however, that such provisions will be sufficient to deter activist investors that seek to cause the Fund to take actions that may not be aligned with the interests of long-term stockholders.

 

75

---

REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

The Fund is a closed-end investment company, and as such the Common Stockholders do not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their Common Stock. Instead, liquidity will be provided through trading in the open market. Notice is hereby given in accordance with Section 23(c) of the 1940 Act that the Fund may purchase at market prices from time to time shares of its Common Stock in the open market but is under no obligation to do so.

On November 16, 2015, the Fund announced that the Fund’s Board of Directors had authorized the Fund to repurchase in the open market up to approximately 10% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Stock when the Fund’s shares are trading at a discount to net asset value. The Board has directed management of the Fund to repurchase shares of Common Stock at such times and in such amounts as management reasonably believes may enhance stockholder value. The Fund is under no obligation to purchase shares at any specific discount levels or in any specific amounts. During the year ended November 30, 2023, the Fund repurchased and retired 1.49% of its Common Stock outstanding under the repurchase plan. The weighted average discount per share on these repurchases was 13.27% for the year ended November 30, 2023. During the year ended November 30, 2022, the Fund repurchased and retired 1.57% of its Common Stock outstanding under the repurchase plan. The weighted average discount per share on these repurchases was 10.44% for the year ended November 30, 2022. Since the commencement of the stock repurchase program through November 30, 2023, the Fund repurchased 845,536 shares or 4.70% of its Common Stock outstanding for a total amount of $11,447,947.

 

76

---

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The discussion below and certain disclosure in the SAI provide general tax information related to an investment in the Fund’s Common Stock. Because tax laws are complex and often change, stockholders should consult their tax advisors about the tax consequences of an investment in the Common Stock. Unless otherwise noted, the following tax discussion applies only to U.S. stockholders that hold the Common Stock as capital assets. A U.S. stockholder is a Common Stockholder who is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a U.S. corporation, (iii) a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person, or (iv) any estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors therein), U.S. stockholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold Common Stock as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal estate or gift taxes or the application of the Medicare tax on net investment income or any U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.

Taxation of the Fund

The Fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each taxable year, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify under Subchapter M for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things: (1) distribute to its stockholders in each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and its net tax-exempt income; (2) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”); and (3) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships. As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its stockholders. The Fund intends to distribute to its stockholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.

If the Fund fails to satisfy as of the close of any quarter the asset diversification test referred to in the preceding paragraph, it will have 30 days to cure the failure by, for example, selling securities that are the source of the violation. Other cure provisions are available in the Code for a failure to satisfy the asset diversification test, but any such cure provision may involve the payment of a penalty excise tax.

 

77

---

If the Fund failed to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to RICs in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including distributions of net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its stockholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to stockholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other non-corporate stockholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate stockholders. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would be required to distribute to its stockholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then the Fund would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of 5 years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

A RIC that fails to distribute, by the close of each calendar year, an amount at least equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary taxable income for such calendar year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any shortfalls from any prior year’s required distribution, is liable for a 4% excise tax on the portion of the undistributed amounts of such income that are less than the required distributions. For these purposes, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income or gain on which it paid U.S. federal income tax.

The following discussion assumes that the Fund qualifies as a RIC and satisfies the 90% distribution requirement for each taxable year.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion of “qualified dividend income” below, distributions to Common Stockholders by the Fund of its net investment income (including accrued market discount), and of net short-term capital gains, if any, realized by the Fund will generally be taxable to Common Stockholders as ordinary income to the extent such distributions are paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions, if any, of net capital gains properly reported as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the Common Stockholder has owned Common Stock. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be treated by a Common Stockholder as a return of capital which will be applied against and reduce the Common Stockholder’s basis in its Common Stock. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the Common Stockholder’s basis in its Common Stock, the excess will be treated by the Common Stockholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the Common Stock.

A portion of the dividends paid by the Fund to corporate stockholders, to the extent attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations (not including corporations qualifying as REITs) and properly reported by the Fund, may be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction allowed to corporations under the Code. In addition, distributions by the Fund to its stockholders that the Fund properly reports as derived from “qualified dividend income” are taxed to individual or other non-corporate stockholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends received from domestic corporations and dividends received from foreign corporations that meet certain specified criteria. Certain holding period and other requirements must be met by both the stockholder and the Fund for distributions to be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction or the preferential tax rates that apply to qualified dividend income, as the case may be.

Distributions by the Fund to its stockholders that the Fund properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” as defined below, are treated as qualified REIT dividends in the hands of individual or other non-corporate stockholders. Non-corporate stockholders are generally permitted a U.S. federal income tax deduction equal to

 

78

---

20% of qualified REIT dividends received by them. Very generally, a “section 199A dividend” is any dividend or portion thereof that is attributable to certain dividends received by the Fund from REITs (other than capital gain dividends), to the extent such dividends are properly reported as such by the Fund in a written notice to its stockholders. Certain holding period and other requirements must be met by both the stockholder and the Fund for distributions to be eligible for treatment as qualified REIT dividends. There can be no assurance that the Fund will report any distributions as section 199A dividends.

Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional Common Stock pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Common Stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional Common Stock will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, unless the Fund issues additional Common Stock with a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value, in which case such Common Stockholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed Common Stock. The additional Common Stock received by a Common Stockholder pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the Common Stock is credited to the Common Stockholder’s account.

Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, dividends declared in October, November or December, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in one of those months, and paid during the following January, will be treated as having been distributed by the Fund (and received by stockholders) on December 31 of the year in which declared.

The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a written notice to its stockholders, who will be treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each Common Stockholder will (i) be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for its Common Stock by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Sale or Exchange of Common Stock

In general, the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock will result in capital gain or loss to Common Stockholders. A Common Stockholder’s gain or loss generally will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Common Stock has been held for more than one year. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, however, long-term capital gains are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. Losses realized by a holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock held for six months or less are treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gain received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such Common Stock. In addition, no loss will be allowed on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock if the Common Stockholder acquires (including pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan) or enters into a contract or option to acquire securities that are substantially identical to such Common Stock within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such case, the basis of the securities acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Backup Withholding

The Fund may be required to withhold from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to U.S. stockholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain stockholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against a Common Stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

79

---

Non-U.S. Stockholders

If a stockholder is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate or a foreign corporation, as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes (other than such a stockholder whose ownership of Common Stock is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business), certain dividends received by such stockholder from the Fund (including any dividends payable in Common Stock) may be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax. To the extent that Fund distributions consist of ordinary dividends that are subject to withholding, the applicable withholding agent will generally be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). However, dividends paid by the Fund that are “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” will generally be exempt from such withholding, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such dividends to stockholders. For these purposes, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the source if received directly by a non-U.S. stockholder, and that satisfy certain other requirements. Net capital gain dividends (that is, distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) distributed by the Fund to a non-U.S. stockholder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax.

The Fund may be required to withhold from distributions to non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the non-U.S. stockholder certifies its foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends that the Fund pays to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its “United States account” holders (as specifically defined in the Code) and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial United States owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. In addition, foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding FATCA and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of Common Stock.

The foregoing tax discussion is for general information only. Stockholders are advised to consult with their own tax advisors for more detailed information concerning federal income tax matters.

 

80

---

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell our Common Stock, including to existing Common Stockholders in a rights offering, from time to time under this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement in any one or more of the following ways (1) directly to one or more purchasers (including to existing Common Stockholders in a rights offering), (2) through agents for the period of their appointment, (3) to underwriters as principals for resale to the public, (4) to dealers as principals for resale to the public, (5) through “at-the-market” transactions or (6) pursuant to our Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

Our securities may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or fixed prices, which may change; at prevailing market prices at the time of sale; prices related to prevailing market prices; at varying prices determined at the time of sale; or at negotiated prices. Our securities may be sold other than for cash, including in exchange transactions for non-control securities, or may be sold for a combination of cash and securities. The Prospectus Supplement will describe the method of distribution of our securities offered therein. In the case of a rights offering, the applicable Prospectus Supplement will set forth the number of our Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of each right and the other terms of such rights offering.

Each Prospectus Supplement relating to an offering of our securities will state the terms of the offering, including:

 

•

the names of any agents, underwriters or dealers;

 

•

any sales loads, underwriting discounts and commissions or agency fees and other items constituting underwriters’ or agents’ compensation;

 

•

any discounts, commissions, fees or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers or agents;

 

•

the public offering or purchase price of the offered securities and the estimated net proceeds we will receive from the sale; and

 

•

any securities exchange on which the offered securities may be listed.

Any public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

Direct Sales

We may sell our securities directly to, and solicit offers from, purchasers, including institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the Securities Act for any resales of the securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. We may use electronic media, including the internet, to sell offered securities directly. We will describe the terms of any of those sales in a Prospectus Supplement.

Distribution Through Agents

We may offer and sell our securities on a continuous basis through agents that we designate. We will name any agent involved in the offer and sale and describe any commissions payable by us in the Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise indicated in the Prospectus Supplement, the agents will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of their appointment.

Offers to purchase our securities may be solicited directly by the issuer or by agents designated by the issuer from time to time. Any such agent, who may be deemed to be an underwriter as the term is defined in the Securities Act, involved in the offer or sale of the offered securities in respect of which this Prospectus is delivered will be named, and any commissions payable by the issuer to such agent set forth, in a Prospectus Supplement.

 

81

---

Distribution Through Underwriters

We may offer and sell our securities from time to time to one or more underwriters who would purchase the securities as principal for resale to the public either on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. If we sell our securities to underwriters, we will execute an underwriting agreement with them at the time of the sale and will name them in the Prospectus Supplement. In connection with these sales, the underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from us in the form of underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters also may receive commissions from purchasers of our securities for whom they may act as agent. Unless otherwise stated in the Prospectus Supplement, the underwriters will not be obligated to purchase our securities unless the conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement are satisfied, and if the underwriters purchase any of the securities, they will be required to purchase all of the offered securities. In the event of default by any underwriter, in certain circumstances, the purchase commitments may be increased among the non-defaulting underwriters or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. The underwriters may sell the offered securities to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters as well as from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Sales of the offered securities by underwriters may be in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale. The Prospectus Supplement will describe the method of reoffering by the underwriters. The Prospectus Supplement will also describe the discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to the underwriters, if any, all other items constituting underwriting compensation, and the discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, if any. If a Prospectus Supplement so indicates, we may grant the underwriters an option to purchase additional shares of our securities at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within a specified number of days from the date of the Prospectus Supplement, to cover any overallotments.

Distribution Through Dealers

We may offer and sell our securities from time to time to one or more dealers who would purchase the securities as principal. The dealers then may resell the offered securities to the public at fixed or varying prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. We will set forth the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction in the Prospectus Supplement.

Distribution Through At-the-Market Offerings

We may engage in at-the-market offerings to or through a market maker or into an existing trading market, on an exchange or otherwise, in accordance with Rule 415(a)(4). An at-the-market offering may be through one or more underwriters or dealers acting as principal or agent for us.

General Information

Agents, underwriters, or dealers participating in an offering of our securities may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commissions received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the offered securities for whom they may act as agent, may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

We may offer to sell our securities either at a fixed price or at prices that may vary, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices.

If indicated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, we may authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which these contracts may be made include: commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases these institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any

 

82

---

contract will be subject only to those conditions described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The underwriters and the other agents will not have any responsibility for the validity or performance of the contracts. The applicable Prospectus Supplement will describe the commission payable for solicitation of those contracts.

In connection with any offering of the securities in an underwritten transaction, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock. Those transactions may include overallotment, entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate covering transactions, and reclaiming selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer.

 

•

An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the offered securities for the underwriters’ own account.

 

•

An underwriter may place a stabilizing bid to purchase an offered security for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of that security.

 

•

Underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the offered securities by bidding for, and purchasing, the offered securities or any other securities in the open market in order to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering.

 

•

The managing underwriter may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a selling concession in connection with an offering when offered securities originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in syndicate covering transactions or otherwise.

Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

Any underwriters that are qualified market makers on the NYSE may engage in passive market making transactions in our securities on the NYSE in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of the common stock. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We will not require underwriters or dealers to make a market in the Common Stock. Any underwriters to whom the offered securities are sold for offering and sale may make a market in the offered securities, but the underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making at any time without notice.

Under agreements entered into with us, underwriters and agents may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribution for payments the underwriters or agents may be required to make. The underwriters, agents, and their affiliates may engage in financial or other business transactions with us and our subsidiaries, if any, in the ordinary course of business.

The aggregate offering price specified on the cover of this Prospectus relates to the offering of the securities not yet issued as of the date of this Prospectus. The place and time of delivery for the offered securities in respect of which this Prospectus is delivered are set forth in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement.

To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as a broker or dealer and receive fees in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after the underwriters have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an underwriter.

 

83

---

A Prospectus and accompanying Prospectus Supplement in electronic form may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate our securities for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of our securities for internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, our securities may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell securities to online brokerage account holders.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

We may issue and sell shares of Common Stock pursuant to our Plan.

 

84

---

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is The Bank of New York Mellon, 225 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10286. The custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. The Fund’s transfer, stockholder services and dividend paying agent is Computershare Inc., 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600, Louisville, KY 40202.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the securities will be passed upon for the Fund by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Washington, D.C. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law on the opinion of Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

As noted above, this prospectus is part of a registration statement filed with the SEC. Pursuant to the final rule and form amendments adopted by the SEC on April 8, 2020, the Fund is permitted to “incorporate by reference” certain information filed with the SEC, which means that the Fund can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus, and later information that the Fund files with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.

The documents listed below, and any reports and other documents subsequently filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 30(b)(2) under the 1940 Act and Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, prior to the termination of the offering will be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and deemed to be part of this Prospectus from the date of the filing of such reports and documents:

 

•

the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information, dated [●], 2025, filed with the accompanying Prospectus;

 

•

the Fund’s Annual Report on Form N-CSR, filed on [●], 2025;

 

•

the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report on Form N-CSRS, filed on July 30, 2024;

 

•

the Fund’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A, filed on March 6, 2024;

 

•

the Fund’s description of Common Stock on Form 8-A, filed on January 26, 2004.

You may obtain copies of any information incorporated by reference into this prospectus, at no charge, by calling toll-free (888) 777-0102 or by writing to the Fund at 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10018. The Fund’s periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 30(b)(2) of the 1940 Act and Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as this Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, are available on the Fund’s website http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov, free of charge, that contains these reports, the Fund’s proxy and information statements, and other information relating to the Fund.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements included in the annual report to the Fund’s stockholders for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 and together with the report of [●] for the Fund’s annual report, are incorporated herein by reference to the Fund’s annual report to stockholders. All other portions of the annual report to stockholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the registration statement, the SAI, the Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement.

 

85

---

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

[●] serves as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of the Fund and audits the financial statements of the Fund. [●] is located at [●].

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and are required to file reports (including our annual and semi-annual reports), proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our most recent stockholder report filed with the SEC is for the period ended [ ]. Such reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and the amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto, can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Washington, D.C. Information about the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. Copies of such material may also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You can obtain the same information free of charge from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549

This Prospectus does not contain all of the information in our registration statement, including amendments, exhibits, and schedules. Statements in this Prospectus about the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by this reference. Additional information about us can be found in our Registration Statement (including amendments, exhibits, and schedules) on Form N-2 filed with the SEC. The SEC maintains a web site (www.sec.gov) that contains our Registration Statement, other documents incorporated by reference, and other information we have filed electronically with the SEC, including proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act.

 

86

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

		Page
Investment Objective			1
Investment Restrictions			1
Investment Policies and Techniques			2
Management of the Fund			41
Investment Manager			51
Portfolio Managers			54
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage			59
Net Asset Value			60
General Information			61
Repurchase of Fund Shares; Conversion to an Open-End Fund			61
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations			62
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities			70
Financial Statements			70
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			70
Custodian and Transfer Agent			70
Incorporation by Reference			70
Additional Information			71
Appendix A—Description of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch Ratings			A-1
Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policy of Franklin Templeton Fund Adviser, LLC			B-1
Appendix C—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of Western Asset Management Company			C-1

 

87

---

The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 10, 2025

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)

Registration Statement No. 333-[●]

FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(to Prospectus dated     , 202[●])

LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc.

Up to     Shares of

Common Stock

 

 

The Fund. LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

Investment Objective. The Fund’s primary investment objective is total return with an emphasis on income. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Investment Strategies. Under normal market conditions, the Fund seeks to maximize total return by investing at least 80% of its managed assets in a broad range of equity and fixed income securities of both U.S. and foreign issuers. The Fund will vary its allocation between equity and fixed income securities depending on ClearBridge Investments, LLC’s (“ClearBridge”) view of economic, market or political conditions, fiscal and monetary policy and security valuation. This Prospectus Supplement, together with the accompanying Prospectus dated     , 202[●] sets forth the information that you should know before investing.

The Fund’s shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”) are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading or “ticker” symbol “SCD.” The net asset value of our Common Stock at the close of business on [ ], 2025 was $[ ] per share, and the last sale price per share of our Common Stock on the NYSE on that date was $[ ].

You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus (which includes a Statement of Additional Information, dated     , 202[●] (the “SAI”), incorporated by reference in its entirety therein, containing additional information about us, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)), before deciding whether to invest and retain it for future reference. You may request a free copy of the SAI (the table of contents of which is on page i of the accompanying Prospectus), annual and semi-annual reports to stockholders (when available), and additional information about the Fund by calling (888) 777-0102, by writing to the Fund at 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10018 or visiting the Fund’s website (http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds).

The information contained in, or accessed through, the Fund’s website is not part of this Prospectus. You may also obtain a copy of the SAI (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information relating to the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

Such materials, as well as the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports (when available) and other information regarding the Fund, are also available on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Investing in the Fund’s securities involves certain risks. You could lose some or all of your investment. See “Risks” beginning on page 41 of the accompanying Prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

		Per Share				Total(1)
Public offering price		$				$
Sales load(2)		$				$
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Fund(3)		$				$

[We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional shares of our Common Stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, to cover over-allotments, if any, within days from the date of this Prospectus Supplement. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discount will be $    , and the proceeds, before expenses, to us will be $    .]

 

 

[Underwriter(s)]

This Prospectus Supplement is dated    , 20[●].

---

The Fund’s securities do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency.

Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the accompanying Prospectus.

 

S-ii

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Supplement
		Page
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements			S-v
Prospectus Supplement Summary			S-6
Summary of Fund Expenses			S-11
Use of Proceeds			S-13
Capitalization			S-13
Distributions			S-14
Market and Net Asset Value Information			S-15
Underwriting/Plan of Distribution			S-16
Legal Matters			S-17
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			S-18
Where You Can Find More Information			S-18
Prospectus
		Page
Prospectus Summary			1
Summary of Fund Expenses			24
Financial Highlights			26
Senior Securities			28
The Fund			29
Use of Proceeds			30
Market and Net Asset Value Information			31
The Fund’s Investments			32
Leverage			38
Risks			41
Management of the Fund			58
Net Asset Value			65
Distributions			66
Dividend Reinvestment Plan			67
Description of Shares			69
Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws			72
Repurchase of Fund Shares			76
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations			77
Plan of Distribution			81
Custodian and Transfer Agent			85
Legal Matters			85
Incorporation by Reference			85
Financial Statements			85
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			86
Where You Can Find More Information			86

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus set forth certain information about us that a prospective investor should carefully consider before making an investment in our securities. This Prospectus Supplement, which describes the specific terms of this offering, also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying Prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. The Prospectus gives more general information, some of which may not apply to this offering. If the description of this offering varies between this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, you should rely on the information

 

S-iii

---

contained in this Prospectus Supplement; provided that if any statement in one of these documents is inconsistent with a statement in another document having a later date and incorporated by reference into the Prospectus or Prospectus Supplement, the statement in the incorporated document having the later date modifies or supersedes the earlier statement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted or where the person making the offer or sale is not qualified to do so or to any person to whom it is not permitted to make such offer or sale. The information contained in or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate only as of the respective dates on their front covers, regardless of the time of delivery of this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus, or the sale of the securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

S-iv

---

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the SAI contain forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements including, in particular, the statements about our plans, objectives, strategies and prospects regarding, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations and business. We have identified some of these forward-looking statements with words like “believe,” “may,” “could,” “might,” “forecast,” “possible,” “potential,” “project,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “predict,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “approximate” or “continue” and other words and terms of similar meaning and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this Prospectus Supplement as well as in the accompanying Prospectus and the SAI. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations about future events affecting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Many factors mentioned in our discussion in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, including the risks outlined under “Risks” in the accompanying Prospectus, will be important in determining future results. In addition, several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the SEC.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we do not know whether our expectations will prove correct. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. The factors identified above are believed to be important factors, but not necessarily all of the important factors, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. Unpredictable or unknown factors could also have material adverse effects on us. Since our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements, we cannot give any assurance that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them do, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition. All forward-looking statements included in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus or the SAI are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of such documents. We do not undertake any obligation to update, amend or clarify these forward-looking statements or the risk factors contained therein, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under the federal securities laws. The forward-looking statements in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the SAI are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the 1933 Act.

 

S-v

---

 

S-6

---

 

S-7

---

 

S-8

---

 

S-9

---

 

S-10

---

 

S-11

---

 

S-12

---

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless otherwise specified in a Prospectus Supplement, the Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of any offering of its securities in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated herein. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in accordance with its investment objective and policies within three months after the completion of any offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be primarily invested in short-term money market instruments. The Fund may also invest in U.S. government securities.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization (i) as of    , 20[ ] and (ii) as adjusted to give effect to the issuance of the Common Stock offered hereby. As indicated below, Common Stockholders will bear the offering costs associated with this offering:

 

		Actual				As Adjusted
		(Audited)				(Unaudited)
Cash and Restricted Cash		$				$
Total Debt:
Loan payable		$				$
Payable for open reverse repurchase agreements		$				$
Net Assets:
Common Stock ($0.001 par value per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized;     shares issued and outstanding (actual);     shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted) and shares issued and outstanding (as further adjusted))(1)		$				$
Paid-in capital in excess of par value
Total distributable earnings (loss)
Total Net Assets		$				$

 

S-13

---

DISTRIBUTIONS

We have paid distributions to Common Stockholders every month since inception. The following table sets forth information about distributions we paid to our Common Stockholders since 202[ ], percentage participation by Common Stockholders in our dividend reinvestment program and reinvestments and related issuances of additional shares of Common Stock as a result of such participation (the information in the table is unaudited):

 

Distribution Payable Date to Common Stockholders		Amount of Distribution Per Share		Percentage of Common Stockholders Electing to Participate in Dividend Reinvestment Program		Amount of Corresponding Reinvestment through Dividend Reinvestment Program		Additional Shares of Common Stock Issued through Dividend Reinvestment Program

Unless a Common Stockholder elects to receive distributions in cash (i.e., opt out), all of such Common Stockholder’s distributions, including any capital gains distributions on Common Stock, will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

S-14

---

MARKET AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION

The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SCD.” Our Common Stock commenced trading on the NYSE on     .

Our Common Stock has traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to the Fund’s net asset value per share. Although our Common Stock has traded at a premium to net asset value, we cannot assure that this will occur after any offering or that the Common Stock will not trade at a discount in the future. Our issuance of additional Common Stock may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for our Common Stock by increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available, which may create downward pressure on the market price for our Common Stock. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to net asset value. See “Risks—Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value Risk.”

The following table sets forth for each of the periods indicated the range of high and low closing sale price of our Common Stock and the quarter-end sale price, each as reported on the NYSE, the net asset value per share of Common Stock and the premium or discount to net asset value per share at which our shares were trading. Net asset value is generally determined on each business day that the NYSE is open for business. See “Net Asset Value” for information as to the determination of our net asset value.

 

Price Range

NAV

High

Low

Premium of High Sales Price to NAV(2)

Premium of Low Sales Price to NAV(2)

Fiscal Year 20[ ]

 

Source of market prices: NYSE.

(1)

Net asset value per share is determined as of close of business on the last day of the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the net asset value per share on the date of the high and low closing sales prices, which may or may not fall on the last day of the quarter. Net asset value per share is calculated as described in “Net Asset Value.”

(2)	Calculated as of the quarter-end closing sales price divided by the quarter-end net asset value.

On     , the last reported sale price of our Common Stock on the NYSE was $    , which represented a     of approximately    % to the net asset value per share reported by us on that date.

As of     , we had approximately     million shares of Common Stock outstanding and we had net assets attributable to Common Stockholders of approximately $    billion.

 

S-15

---

UNDERWRITING/PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

[TO BE FURNISHED AT TIME OF OFFERING]

 

S-16

---

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the securities will be passed upon for the Fund by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Washington, D.C. and for the underwriters by    . Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law on the opinion of Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland.

 

S-17

---

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements included in the annual report to the Fund’s stockholders for the fiscal year ended November 30, 202[ ] and together with the report of     for the Fund’s annual report, are incorporated herein by reference to the Fund’s annual report to stockholders. All other portions of the annual report to stockholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the registration statement, the SAI, the Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

[    ] serves as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of the Fund and audits the financial statements of the Fund. [    ] is located at [    ].

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and are required to file reports (including our annual and semi-annual reports), proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our most recent stockholder report filed with the SEC is for the period ended     . Such reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and the amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto, can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Washington, D.C. Information about the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

Copies of such material may also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You can obtain the same information free of charge from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549

This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus do not contain all of the information in our registration statement, including amendments, exhibits, and schedules. Statements in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus about the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by this reference. Additional information about us can be found in our Registration Statement (including amendments, exhibits, and schedules) on Form N-2 filed with the SEC. The SEC maintains a web site (www.sec.gov) that contains our Registration Statement, other documents incorporated by reference, and other information we have filed electronically with the SEC, including proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act.

 

S-18

---

 

 

Up to $[●]

LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc.

Shares of

Common Stock

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

 

[●], 202[●]

[Underwriter(s)]

 

 

 

---

The information in this Preliminary Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus Supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 10, 2025

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT		Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
(To Prospectus dated [●], 20[●])		Registration Statement No. 333-[●]

LMP CAPITAL AND INCOME FUND INC.

[●] Rights for [●] Shares of Common Stock

Subscription Rights to Acquire Shares of Common Stock

LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”, “we”, “us” or “our”), is issuing subscription rights (the “Rights”) to our common stockholders (the “Common Stockholders”) to purchase additional shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”).

The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund’s primary investment objective is total return with an emphasis on income. The Fund’s investment adviser is Franklin Templeton Fund Adviser, LLC (the “Investment Manager”).

The shares of Common Stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “SCD”. Common Stockholders of record on [●], 20[●] (the “Record Date”) will receive [●] Rights for each share of Common Stock held. [These Rights are transferable and will allow the holders thereof to purchase additional shares of Common Stock. The Rights will be listed for trading on the [●] under the symbol “[●]” during the course of the Rights offering.]

The Rights entitle the holder to acquire, at a subscription price per share of Common Stock (the “Subscription Price”) determined based upon a formula equal to [●]% of the average of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on the Expiration Date (as defined below) and each of the [four] preceding trading days (the “Formula Price”), [●] new shares of Common Stock for each [●] Rights held. If, however, the Formula Price is less than [●]% of the net asset value per share of Common Stock at the close of trading on the NYSE on the Expiration Date, then the Subscription Price will be [●]% of the Fund’s net asset value per share of Common Stock at the close of trading on the NYSE on that day. The estimated Subscription Price to the public of $[●] is based upon [●]% of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on [●], 20[●]. Fractional shares will not be issued upon the exercise of the Rights. Accordingly, shares of Common Stock may be purchased only pursuant to the exercise of Rights in integral multiples of [●]. The number of Rights to be issued to a Record Date Stockholder will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by [●]. Rights may be exercised at any time during the period (the “Subscription Period”) which commences on [●], 20[●], and ends at [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on [●], 20[●] (the “Expiration Date”), unless otherwise extended.

For key dates related to the Rights Offering, please see “Important Dates to Remember” on page S-14.

On [●], 20[●] (the last trading date prior to the Common Stock trading ex-Rights), the last reported net asset value per share of the Common Stock was $[●] and the last reported sales price per share of Common Stock on the NYSE was $[●], representing a [●]% [premium/discount] to net asset value.

An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors. We cannot assure you that the Fund’s investment objectives will be achieved. You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding whether to invest in the Common Stock and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about the Fund. Material that has been incorporated by reference, including the Fund’s audited annual financial statements, and other information about the Fund can be obtained from the Fund by calling 1-888-777-0102, writing to the Fund at 620 Eighth Avenue, 47^th Floor, New York, NY 10018, accessing the Fund’s website at www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds or from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov). For additional information

---

all holders of Rights should contact the Information Agent, [●], at [●]. Common Stockholders please call toll-free at [●] (banks and brokers please call [●]) or please send written requests to [●].

Investing in Common Stock through Rights involves certain risks that are described in the “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” section of this Prospectus Supplement. A Rights Offering (a) will substantially dilute the net asset value of Common Stock owned by Common Stockholders who do not fully exercise their Rights and purchase additional shares; (b) will substantially dilute the voting power of Common Stockholders who do not fully exercise their rights since they will own a smaller proportionate interest in the Fund upon completion of the offering; and (c) may increase the discount if the subscription price per share is set at a time when the Common Stock is trading at a discount. Primary or secondary over-subscriptions in a Rights Offering may cause further dilution for Common Stockholders who do not exercise their Rights.

Internet Delivery of Fund Reports Unless You Request Paper Copies:

As permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, the Fund does not intend to mail paper copies of the Fund’s stockholder reports, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from the Fund or from your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank). Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report. If you invest through a financial intermediary and you already elected to receive stockholder reports electronically (“e-delivery”), you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. If you have not already elected e-delivery, you may elect to receive stockholder reports and other communications from the Fund electronically by contacting your financial intermediary. You may elect to receive all reports in paper free of charge. If you invest through a financial intermediary, you can contact your financial intermediary to request that you receive paper copies of your stockholder reports. That election will apply to all Franklin Templeton Funds held in your account at that financial intermediary. If you are a direct stockholder with the Fund, you can call the Fund at 1-888-888-0151, or write to the Fund by regular mail at P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, KY 40233 or by overnight delivery to Computershare, 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600, Louisville, KY 40202 to let the Fund know you wish to receive paper copies of your stockholder reports. That election will apply to all Franklin Templeton Funds held in your account held directly with the fund complex.

STOCKHOLDERS WHO DO NOT FULLY EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS MAY, AT THE COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, OWN A SMALLER PROPORTIONAL INTEREST IN THE FUND THAN IF THEY EXERCISED THEIR RIGHTS. AS A RESULT OF THE OFFERING YOU MAY EXPERIENCE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION OF THE AGGREGATE NET ASSET VALUE OF YOUR COMMON STOCK DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THE FUND’S NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK IS ABOVE OR BELOW THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. ALL COSTS OF THE OFFERING WILL BE BORNE BY THE FUND, AND INDIRECTLY BY CURRENT STOCKHOLDERS WHETHER THEY EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS OR NOT. RIGHTS EXERCISED BY A STOCKHOLDER ARE IRREVOCABLE.

ANY COMMON STOCK ISSUED AS A RESULT OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING WILL NOT BE RECORD DATE SHARES FOR THE FUND’S MONTHLY DISTRIBUTION TO BE PAID ON [●] , 20[●] AND WILL NOT BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE SUCH DISTRIBUTION.

---

NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

		Per Share				Total
Estimated subscription price of Common Stock to stockholders exercising Rights(1)		$	[	●]		$	[	●]
Underwriting discounts and commissions(2)		$	[	●]		$	[	●]
Estimated proceeds, before expenses, to the Fund(3)		$	[	●]		$	[	●]

 

(1)	The estimated Subscription Price to the public is based upon [●]% of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on [●], 20[●].

(2)	For additional underwriting compensation information, please see “Plan of Distribution.”

(3)

Before deduction of expenses related to the Rights offering, which are estimated approximately at $[●]. Any offering expenses are paid indirectly by stockholders. Such fees and expenses will immediately reduce the net asset value per share of each share of Common Stock purchased by an investor in the Rights offering. The indirect expenses of the offering that stockholders will pay are estimated to be $[●] in the aggregate and $[●] per share. The amount of proceeds to the Fund net of any fees and expenses of the offering are estimated to be $[●] in the aggregate and $[●] per share. Stockholders will not directly bear any offering expenses.

The shares of Common Stock are expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about [●], 20[●][, unless extended. If the offering is extended, the shares of Common Stock are expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about [●], 20[●].]

The date of this Prospectus Supplement is [●], 20[●].

---

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, respectively. This Prospectus Supplement will be amended to reflect material changes to the information contained herein and will be delivered to stockholders. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. In this Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, “Fund,” “us,” “our” and “we” refer to LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc., a Maryland corporation. This Prospectus Supplement also includes trademarks owned by other persons.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

		PAGE
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements			S-vi
Summary of Terms of the Rights Offering			S-7
Description of the Rights Offering			S-12
Table of Fees and Expenses			S-21
Use of Proceeds			S-23
Capitalization			S-23
Price Range of Common Stock			S-24
Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering			S-25
Taxation			S-28
Plan of Distribution			S-29
Legal Matters			S-31
Financial Statements			S-31

 

S-iv

---

Prospectus

 

		PAGE
Prospectus Summary			1
Summary of Fund Expenses			24
Financial Highlights			26
Senior Securities			28
The Fund			29
Use of Proceeds			30
Market and Net Asset Value Information			31
The Fund’s Investments			32
Leverage			38
Risks			41
Management of the Fund			58
Net Asset Value			65
Distributions			66
Dividend Reinvestment Plan			67
Description of Shares			69
Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws			72
Repurchase of Fund Shares			76
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations			77
Plan of Distribution			81
Custodian and Transfer Agent			85
Legal Matters			85
Incorporation by Reference			85
Financial Statements			85
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			86
Where You Can Find More Information			86

 

S-v

---

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words “may,” “will,” “intend,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “anticipate,” and similar terms and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this Prospectus Supplement as well as in the accompanying Prospectus and in the SAI. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the performance of the portfolio of securities we hold, the price at which our shares will trade in the public markets and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the SEC.

Although we believe that the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risks” section of the accompanying Prospectus and “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” in this Prospectus Supplement. All forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus, or in the SAI, are made as of the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus or SAI, as the case may be. Except for our ongoing obligations under the federal securities laws, we do not intend, and we undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the SAI are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the “Risks and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying Prospectus as well as in the “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” section of this Prospectus Supplement. We urge you to review carefully those sections for a more detailed discussion of the risks of an investment in the Common Stock.

 

S-vi

---

 

S-7

---

 

S-8

---

 

S-9

---

 

S-10

---

 

S-11

---

DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

Terms of the Rights Offering

The Fund is issuing to Record Date Stockholders Rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock of the Fund. Each Record Date Stockholder is being issued one transferable Right for each share of Common Stock owned on the Record Date. The Rights entitle the holder to acquire, at a subscription price per share of Common Stock (the “Subscription Price”) determined based upon a formula equal to [●]% of the average of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on the Expiration Date (as defined below) and each of the [four] preceding trading days (the “Formula Price”), [●] new shares of Common Stock for each [●] Rights held. If, however, the Formula Price is less than [●]% of the net asset value per share of Common Stock at the close of trading on the NYSE on the Expiration Date, then the Subscription Price will be [●]% of the Fund’s net asset value per share of Common Stock at the close of trading on the NYSE on that day. The estimated Subscription Price to the public of $[●] is based upon [●]% of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on [●], 20[●]. Fractional shares will not be issued upon the exercise of the Rights. Accordingly, shares of Common Stock may be purchased only pursuant to the exercise of Rights in integral multiples of [●]. The number of Rights to be issued to a Record Date Stockholder will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by [●]. In the case of shares of Common Stock held of record by Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee for the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), or any other depository or nominee, the number of Rights issued to Cede or such other depository or nominee will be adjusted to permit rounding up (to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by [●]) of the Rights to be received by beneficial owners for whom it is the holder of record only if Cede or such other depository or nominee provides to the Fund on or before the close of business on [●], 20[●] written representation of the number of Rights required for such rounding. Rights may be exercised at any time during the period (the “Subscription Period”) which commences on [●], 20[●], and ends at [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on [●], 20[●] (the “Expiration Date”), unless otherwise extended. Shares of the Fund, as a closed-end fund, can trade at a discount to net asset value. Upon exercise of the Rights offering, Fund shares [are expected to] [may] be issued at a price below net asset value per share of Common Stock. The right to acquire one share of Common Stock for each [●] Rights held during the Subscription Period (or any extension of the Subscription Period) at the Subscription Price will be referred to in the remainder of this Prospectus Supplement as the “Rights offering.” Rights will expire on the Expiration Date and thereafter may not be exercised. Any share of Common Stock issued as a result of the Rights offering will not be Record Date shares for the Fund’s monthly distribution to be paid on [●], 20[●] and will not be entitled to receive such distribution.

The Fund has entered into a dealer manager agreement with the Dealer Manager that allows the Dealer Manager to take actions to seek to facilitate the trading market for Rights and the placement of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Rights. Those actions are expected to involve the Dealer Manager purchasing and exercising Rights during the Subscription Period at prices determined at the time of such exercise, which are expected to vary from the Subscription Price. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information.

Rights may be evidenced by subscription certificates or may be uncertificated and evidenced by other appropriate documentation (i.e., a rights card distributed to registered stockholders in lieu of a subscription certificate) (“Subscription Certificates”). The number of Rights issued to each holder will be stated on the Subscription Certificate delivered to the holder. The method by which Rights may be exercised and shares of Common Stock paid for is set forth below in “Method of Exercise of Rights,” “Payment for Shares” and “Plan of Distribution.” A holder of Rights will have no right to rescind a purchase after [●] (the “Rights Agent”) has received payment. See “Payment for Shares” below. It is anticipated that the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an exercise of Rights will be listed on the [●].

[Holders of Rights [who are Record Date Stockholders] are entitled to subscribe for additional shares of Common Stock at the same Subscription Price pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, subject to certain

 

S-12

---

limitations, allotment and the right of the Board to eliminate the primary oversubscription privilege [or secondary] over-subscription privilege. See “Over-Subscription Privilege” below.]

For purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired pursuant to the Rights offering, broker-dealers, trust companies, banks or others whose shares are held of record by Cede or by any other depository or nominee will be deemed to be the holders of the Rights that are held by Cede or such other depository or nominee on their behalf.

[The Rights are transferable until the completion of the Subscription Period and will be admitted for trading on the [●] under the symbol “[●]”. Assuming a market exists for the Rights, the Rights may be purchased and sold through usual brokerage channels and also sold through the Rights Agent. Although no assurance can be given that a market for the Rights will develop, trading in the Rights on the [●] is expected to begin two Business Days prior to the Record Date and may be conducted until the close of trading on the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date. Trading of the Rights on the [●] is expected to be conducted on a when-issued basis until and including the date on which the Subscription Certificates are mailed to Record Date Stockholders and thereafter is expected to be conducted on a regular way basis until and including the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date. The method by which Rights may be transferred is set forth below under “Method of Transferring Rights.” The shares of Common Stock are expected to begin trading ex-Rights one Business Day prior to the Record Date as determined and announced by the [●].] The Rights offering may be terminated or extended by the Fund at any time for any reason before the Expiration Date. If the Fund terminates the Rights offering, the Fund will issue a press release announcing such termination and will direct the Rights Agent to return, without interest, all subscription proceeds received to such stockholders who had elected to purchase shares of Common Stock.

Nominees who hold shares of the Fund’s Common Stock for the account of others, such as banks, broker-dealers, trustees or depositories for securities, should notify the respective beneficial owners of such shares of Common Stock as soon as possible to ascertain such beneficial owners’ intentions and to obtain instructions with respect to the Rights. If the beneficial owner so instructs, the nominee should complete the Subscription Certificate and submit it to the Rights Agent with proper payment. In addition, beneficial owners of the Common Stock or Rights held through such a nominee should contact the nominee and request the nominee to effect transactions in accordance with such beneficial owner’s instructions.

[Participants in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) will be issued Rights in respect of the shares of Common Stock held in their accounts in the Plan. Participants wishing to exercise these Rights must exercise the Rights in accordance with the procedures set forth in “Method of Exercise of Rights” and “Payment for Shares.”]

Conditions of the Rights Offering

The rights offering is being made in accordance with the 1940 Act without stockholder approval. The staff of the SEC has interpreted the 1940 Act as not requiring stockholder approval of a transferable rights offering to purchase shares of Common Stock at a price below the then current net asset value so long as certain conditions are met, including: (i) a good faith determination by a fund’s board that such offering would result in a net benefit to existing stockholders; (ii) the offering fully protects stockholders’ preemptive rights and does not discriminate among stockholders (except for the possible effect of not offering fractional rights); (iii) management uses its best efforts to ensure an adequate trading market in the rights for use by stockholders who do not exercise such rights; and (iv) the ratio of a transferable rights offering does not exceed one new share for each three rights held.

 

S-13

---

Important Dates to Remember

[Please note that the dates in the table below may change if the rights offering is extended.]

 

Event		Date
Record Date		[●] 20[●]†
Subscription Period		[●] 20[●] through [●], 20[●]†
Expiration Date*		[●] 20[●]†
Payment for Guarantees Delivery Due*		[●] 20[●]†
Issuance Date		[●] 20[●]†
Confirmation Date		[●] 20[●]†

 

*	A stockholder exercising Rights must deliver to the Rights Agent by [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on [●], 20[●] (unless the offer is extended) either (a) a Subscription Certificate and payment for shares of Common Stock or (b) a notice of guaranteed delivery and payment for shares of Common Stock.

†	Unless the offer is extended.

[Over-Subscription Privilege

The Board has the right in its absolute discretion to eliminate the over-subscription privilege with respect to primary over-subscription shares and secondary over-subscription shares if it considers it to be in the best interest of the Fund to do so. The Board may make that determination at any time, without prior notice to Rights holders or others, up to and including the fifth day following the Expiration Date. If the primary over-subscription privilege is not eliminated, it will operate as set forth below.

Rights holders [who are Record Date Stockholders and who fully exercise their Rights] are entitled to subscribe for additional shares of Common Stock at the same Subscription Price pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, subject to certain limitations and subject to allotment.

[Record Date Stockholders who fully exercise all Rights initially issued to them] are entitled to buy those shares of Common Stock, referred to as “primary over-subscription shares,” that were not purchased by other holders of Rights at the same Subscription Price. If enough primary over-subscription shares are available, all such requests will be honored in full. If the requests for primary over-subscription shares exceed the primary over-subscription shares available, the available primary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising [Record Date Stockholders] who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund.

Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the over-subscription privilege are subject to allotment.

[In addition, the Fund, in its sole discretion, may determine to issue additional shares of Common Stock at the same Subscription Price in an amount of up to [ ]% of the shares issued pursuant to the primary subscription, referred to as “secondary over-subscription shares.” Should the Fund determine to issue some or all of the secondary over-subscription shares, they will be allocated only among Record Date Stockholders who submitted over-subscription requests. Secondary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Stockholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund. Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.]

Record Date Stockholders who are fully exercising their Rights during the Subscription Period should indicate, on the Subscription Certificate that they submit with respect to the exercise of the Rights issued to them, how many shares of Common Stock they are willing to acquire pursuant to the over-subscription privilege. Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.

To the extent sufficient shares of Common Stock are not available to fulfill all over-subscription requests, unsubscribed shares of Common Stock (the “Excess Shares”) will be allocated pro rata among those Record Date Stockholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights issued to them by the Fund. The allocation

 

S-14

---

process may involve a series of allocations in order to assure that the total number of shares of Common Stock available for over-subscriptions is distributed on a pro rata basis.

The formula to be used in allocating the Excess Shares is as follows:

 

Stockholder’s Record Date Position			X				Excess Shares Remaining
Total Record Date Position of All Over-Subscribers

Banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders of Rights will be required to certify to the Rights Agent, before any over-subscription privilege may be exercised with respect to any particular beneficial owner, as to the aggregate number of Rights exercised during the Subscription Period and the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege by such beneficial owner and that such beneficial owner’s subscription was exercised in full. Nominee holder over-subscription forms and beneficial owner certification forms will be distributed to banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders of Rights with the Subscription Certificates. [Nominees should also notify holders purchasing Rights in the secondary market that such Rights may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.]

The Fund will not otherwise offer or sell any shares of Common Stock that are not subscribed for pursuant to the primary subscription, the primary over-subscription privilege or the secondary over-subscription privilege pursuant to the Rights offering.]

[Sales by Rights Agent

Holders of Rights who are unable or do not wish to exercise any or all of their Rights may instruct the Rights Agent to sell any unexercised Rights. The Subscription Certificates representing the Rights to be sold by the Rights Agent must be received prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on [●], 20[●], five Business Days prior to the Expiration Date (or, if the subscription period is extended, prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on the fifth Business Day prior to the extended Expiration Date). Upon the timely receipt of the appropriate instructions to sell Rights, the Rights Agent will use its best efforts to complete the sale and will remit the proceeds of the sale, net of any commissions, to the holders. The Rights Agent will also attempt to sell any Rights attributable to Record Date Stockholders whose addresses are outside the United States, or who have an APO or FPO address. The selling Rights holder will pay all brokerage commissions incurred by the Rights Agent. These sales may be effected by the Rights Agent. The Rights Agent will automatically attempt to sell any unexercised Rights that remain unclaimed as a result of Subscription Certificates being returned by the postal authorities as undeliverable as of the [●] Business Day prior to the Expiration Date. The Rights Agent will attempt to sell such Rights, including by first offering such Rights to the Dealer Manager for purchase by the Dealer Manager at the then-current market price on the [●]. The Rights Agent will offer Rights to the Dealer Manager before attempting to sell them on the [●], which may affect the market price for Rights on the [●] and reduce the number of Rights available for purchase on the [●], thereby reducing the ability of new investors to participate in the offering. These sales will be made net of commissions, taxes and any other expenses paid on behalf of the nonclaiming holders of Rights. Proceeds from those sales will be held by Computershare LLC in its capacity as the Fund’s transfer agent, for the account of the nonclaiming holder of Rights until the proceeds are either claimed or escheated. There can be no assurance that the Rights Agent will be able to complete the sale of any of these Rights and neither the Fund nor the Rights Agent has guaranteed any minimum sales price for the Rights. All of these Rights will be sold at the market price, if any, through an exchange or market trading the Rights. If the Rights can be sold, sales of the Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Rights Agent on the day such Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses.]

[Dealer Manager

[●] (the “Dealer Manager”), a registered broker-dealer, may also act on behalf of its clients to purchase or sell Rights in the open market and may receive commissions from its clients for such services. Holders of Rights

 

S-15

---

attempting to sell any unexercised Rights in the open market through a broker-dealer other than the Dealer Manager may be charged a different commission and should consider the commissions and fees charged by the broker-dealer prior to selling their Rights on the open market. The Dealer Manager is not expected to purchase Rights as principal for its own account in order to seek to facilitate the trading market for Rights or otherwise. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information.]

[Sale of Rights

The Rights are transferable and will be admitted for trading on the [●] under the symbol “[●].” Although no assurance can be given that a market for the Rights will develop, trading in the Rights on the [●] is expected to begin two Business Days prior to the Record Date and may be conducted until the close of trading on the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date.

The value of the Rights, if any, will be reflected by the market price. Rights may be sold by individual holders or may be submitted to the Rights Agent for sale. Any Rights submitted to the Rights Agent for sale must be received by the Rights Agent prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on [●], 20[●], five Business Days prior to the Expiration Date (or, if the subscription period is extended, prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on the [●] Business Day prior to the extended Expiration Date).

[Rights that are sold will not confer any right to acquire any Common Stock in any primary over-subscription privilege or secondary over-subscription privilege, if any, and any Record Date Stockholder who sells any Rights will not be eligible to participate in the primary oversubscription privilege or secondary over-subscription privilege, if any.]

Trading of the Rights on the [●] will be conducted on a when-issued basis until and including the date on which the Subscription Certificates (as defined below) are mailed to Record Date Stockholders and thereafter will be conducted on a regular-way basis until and including the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date. The shares of Common Stock are expected to begin trading ex-Rights one Business Day prior to the Record Date.

Stockholders are urged to obtain a recent trading price for the Rights on the [●] from their broker, bank, financial advisor or the financial press.]

[Method of Transferring Rights

The Rights evidenced by a single Subscription Certificate may be transferred in whole by endorsing the Subscription Certificate for transfer in accordance with the accompanying instructions. A portion of the Rights evidenced by a single Subscription Certificate (but not fractional Rights) may be transferred by delivering to the Rights Agent a Subscription Certificate properly endorsed for transfer, with instructions to register the portion of the Rights evidenced thereby in the name of the transferee (and to issue a new Subscription Certificate to the transferee evidencing the transferred Rights). In this event, a new Subscription Certificate evidencing the balance of the Rights will be issued to the Rights holder or, if the Rights holder so instructs, to an additional transferee.

Holders wishing to transfer all or a portion of their Rights (but not fractional Rights) should promptly transfer such Rights to ensure that: (i) the transfer instructions will be received and processed by the Rights Agent, (ii) a new Subscription Certificate will be issued and transmitted to the transferee or transferees with respect to transferred Rights, and to the holder with respect to retained Rights, if any, and (iii) the Rights evidenced by the new Subscription Certificates may be exercised or sold by the recipients thereof prior to the Expiration Date. Neither the Fund nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to a transferee or holder of Rights if Subscription Certificates are not received in time for exercise or sale prior to the Expiration Date.

Except for the fees charged by the Rights Agent (which will be paid by the Fund as described below), all commissions, fees and other expenses (including brokerage commissions and transfer taxes) incurred in connection with the purchase, sale, transfer or exercise of Rights will be for the account of the holder of the Rights, and none of these commissions, fees or expenses will be borne by the Fund or the Rights Agent.

 

S-16

---

The Fund anticipates that the Rights will be eligible for transfer through, and that the exercise of the Rights may be effected through, the facilities of DTC (Rights exercised through DTC are referred to as “DTC Exercised Rights”).]

Rights Agent

The Rights Agent is [●]. The Rights Agent will receive from the Fund an amount estimated to be $[●], comprised of the fee for its services and the reimbursement for certain expenses related to the Rights offering. The stockholders of the Fund will indirectly pay such amount.

Information Agent

INQUIRIES BY ALL HOLDERS OF RIGHTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO: THE INFORMATION AGENT, [●]; HOLDERS PLEASE CALL TOLL-FREE AT [●]; BANKS AND BROKERS PLEASE CALL [●].

Method of Exercise of Rights

Rights may be exercised by completing and signing the Subscription Certificate and mailing it in the envelope provided, or otherwise delivering the completed and signed Subscription Certificate to the Rights Agent, together with payment for the shares of Common Stock as described below under “Payment for Shares.” Rights may also be exercised through the broker of a holder of Rights, who may charge the holder of Rights a servicing fee in connection with such exercise. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information regarding the purchase and exercise of Rights by the Dealer Manager.

Completed Subscription Certificates and payment must be received by the Rights Agent prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time], on the Expiration Date (unless payment is effected by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery as described below under “Payment for Shares”). Your broker, bank, trust company or other intermediary may impose a deadline for exercising Rights earlier than [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on the Expiration Date. The Subscription Certificate and payment should be delivered to the Rights Agent at the following address:

If By Mail:

LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc.

[●]

If By Overnight Courier:

LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc.

[●]

Payment for Shares

Holders of Rights who acquire shares of Common Stock in the Rights offering may choose between the following methods of payment:

 

1.

A holder of Rights can send the Subscription Certificate, together with payment in the form of a check (which must include the name of the stockholder on the check) for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for in the Rights offering and, if eligible, for any additional shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, to the Rights Agent based on the Subscription Price. To be accepted, the payment, together with the executed Subscription Certificate, must be received by the Rights Agent at one of the addresses noted above prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on the Expiration Date. The Rights Agent will deposit all share purchase checks received by it prior to the final due date into a segregated account pending proration and distribution of shares of Common Stock. The Rights Agent will not accept cash as a means of payment for shares of Common Stock.

 

2.

Alternatively, a subscription will be accepted by the Rights Agent if, prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on the Expiration Date, the Rights Agent has received a written notice of guaranteed delivery by mail or email from a bank, trust company, or a NYSE member, guaranteeing delivery of a properly

 

S-17

---

completed and executed Subscription Certificate. In order for the notice of guarantee to be valid, full payment for the shares of Common Stock at the Subscription Price must be received with the notice. The Rights Agent will not honor a notice of guaranteed delivery unless a properly completed and executed Subscription Certificate is received by the Rights Agent by the close of business on the [second] Business Day after the Expiration Date. The notice of guaranteed delivery must be emailed to the Rights Agent at [●] or delivered to the Rights Agent at one of the addresses noted above.

A PAYMENT PURSUANT TO THIS METHOD MUST BE IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS BY CHECK (WHICH MUST INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER ON THE CHECK) DRAWN ON A BANK LOCATED IN THE CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES, MUST BE PAYABLE TO LMP CAPITAL AND INCOME FUND INC. AND MUST ACCOMPANY AN EXECUTED SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATE TO BE ACCEPTED.

The method and timing of payment for shares of Common Stock acquired by the Dealer Manager through the exercise of Rights is described under “Plan of Distribution.”

If a holder of Rights who acquires shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Rights offering does not make payment of all amounts due, the Fund reserves the right to take any or all of the following actions: (i) find other purchasers for such subscribed-for and unpaid-for shares of Common Stock; (ii) apply any payment actually received by it toward the purchase of the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which could be acquired by such holder upon exercise of the Rights or any over-subscription privilege; (iii) sell all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock purchased by the holder, in the open market, and apply the proceeds to the amounts owed; and (iv) exercise any and all other rights or remedies to which it may be entitled, including, without limitation, the right to set off against payments actually received by it with respect to such subscribed shares of Common Stock and to enforce the relevant guarantee of payment.

Any payment required from a holder of Rights must be received by the Rights Agent prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on the Expiration Date. Issuance and delivery of the shares of Common Stock purchased are subject to collection of checks.

Within [●] Business Days following the Expiration Date (the “Confirmation Date”), a confirmation will be sent by the Rights Agent to each holder of Rights (or, if the shares of Common Stock are held by Cede or any other depository or nominee, to Cede or such other depository or nominee), showing (i) the number of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Subscription, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, acquired pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, and (iii) the per share and total purchase price for the shares of Common Stock. Any payment required from a holder of Rights must be received by the Rights Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date. Any excess payment to be refunded by the Fund to a holder of Rights, or to be paid to a holder of Rights as a result of sales of Rights on its behalf by the Rights Agent, will be mailed by the Rights Agent to the holder within [●] Business Days after the Expiration Date.

A holder of Rights will have no right to rescind a purchase after the Rights Agent has received payment either by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery or a check, which must include the name of the stockholder on the check.

Upon acceptance of a subscription, all funds received by the Rights Agent shall be held by the Rights Agent as agent for the Fund and deposited in one or more bank accounts. Such funds may be invested by the Rights Agent in: bank accounts, short term certificates of deposit, bank repurchase agreements, and disbursement accounts with commercial banks meeting certain standards. The Rights Agent may receive interest, dividends or other earnings in connection with such deposits or investments.

Holders, such as broker-dealers, trustees or depositories for securities, who hold shares of Common Stock for the account of others, should notify the respective beneficial owners of the shares of Common Stock as soon

 

S-18

---

as possible to ascertain such beneficial owners’ intentions and to obtain instructions with respect to the Rights. If the beneficial owner so instructs, the record holder of the Rights should complete Subscription Certificates and submit them to the Rights Agent with the proper payment. In addition, beneficial owners of shares of Common Stock or Rights held through such a holder should contact the holder and request that the holder effect transactions in accordance with the beneficial owner’s instructions.

[Banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders that hold shares of Common Stock of the Fund for the accounts of others are advised to notify those persons that purchase Rights in the secondary market that such Rights may not participate in any oversubscription privilege offered.]

THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THE SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY AND FOLLOWED IN DETAIL. DO NOT SEND SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES TO THE FUND.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENT OF THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE TO THE RIGHTS AGENT WILL BE AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE RIGHTS HOLDERS, BUT IF SENT BY MAIL IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS BE SENT BY REGISTERED MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, AND THAT A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF DAYS BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE DELIVERY TO THE RIGHTS AGENT AND CLEARANCE OF PAYMENT PRIOR TO [5:00 PM EASTERN TIME], ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. BECAUSE UNCERTIFIED PERSONAL CHECKS MAY TAKE AT LEAST FIVE BUSINESS DAYS TO CLEAR, YOU ARE STRONGLY URGED TO PAY, OR ARRANGE FOR PAYMENT, BY MEANS OF A CERTIFIED OR CASHIER’S CHECK, WHICH MUST INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER ON THE CHECK.

All questions concerning the timeliness, validity, form and eligibility of any exercise of Rights will be determined by the Fund, whose determinations will be final and binding. The Fund in its sole discretion may waive any defect or irregularity, or permit a defect or irregularity to be corrected within such time as it may determine, or reject the purported exercise of any Right. Subscriptions will not be deemed to have been received or accepted until all irregularities have been waived or cured within such time as the Fund determines in its sole discretion. Neither the Fund nor the Rights Agent will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity in connection with the submission of Subscription Certificates or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Foreign Restrictions

Subscription Certificates will only be mailed to Record Date Stockholders whose addresses are within the United States (other than an APO or FPO address). Because the Rights offering will not be registered in any jurisdiction other than the United States, the Rights Agent will attempt to sell all of the Rights issued to Record Date Stockholders outside of these jurisdictions and remit the net proceeds, if any, to such Record Date Stockholders. If the Rights can be sold, sales of these Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Rights Agent on the day the Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses.

Notice of Net Asset Value Decline

The Fund has, pursuant to the SEC’s regulatory requirements, undertaken to suspend the Rights offering until the Fund amends this Prospectus Supplement if, after [●], 20[●] (the date of this Prospectus Supplement), the Fund’s net asset value declines more than 10% from the Fund’s net asset value as of that date. In that event, the Expiration Date will be extended and the Fund will notify Record Date Stockholders of any such decline and permit Rights holders to cancel their exercise of Rights.

 

S-19

---

Employee Benefit Plan and IRA Considerations

Employee benefit plans that are subject to the fiduciary duty provisions of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) (including, without limitation, pension and profit-sharing plans), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or provisions under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Code or ERISA (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”), may purchase a Right and Common Stock.

ERISA, for example, imposes certain responsibilities on persons who are fiduciaries with respect to an ERISA-covered Plan, including, without limitation, the duties of prudence and diversification, as well as the need to avoid non-exempt prohibited transactions.

In considering an investment in a Right or Common Stock involving a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any applicable Similar Law.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit certain Plans (including, for example, ERISA Plans) from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of such Plan that engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. Accordingly, by acceptance of the Right or Common Stock, each purchaser and subsequent transferee of the Right or Common Stock will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire and hold the Right or Common Stock constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase and holding of the Right or Common Stock by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or similar violation under Similar Law.

Because the Fund is registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act, the underlying assets of the Fund will not be considered to be “plan assets” of any Plan investing in the Fund for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction rules under Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. Thus, neither the Fund nor the Investment Manager will be a “fiduciary,” within the meaning of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the assets of any Plan that becomes a Stockholder, solely as a result of the Plan’s investment in the Fund.

The provisions of ERISA are subject to extensive and continuing administrative and judicial interpretation and review. The discussion of ERISA contained herein is general in nature and may be affected by future regulations and rulings. Potential investors should consult their legal advisers regarding the consequences under ERISA, the Code or other applicable law of an investment by a Plan in the Fund.

 

S-20

---

TABLE OF FEES AND EXPENSES

The following tables are intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses directly or indirectly associated with investing in our shares of Common Stock as a percentage of net assets attributable to shares of Common Stock. Amounts are for the current fiscal year after giving effect to anticipated net proceeds of the Rights offering, assuming that we incur the estimated offering expenses.

 

STOCKHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
Sales Load (percentage of offering price)			[	]%(1)
Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (percentage of offering price)			[	]%(2)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Per Transaction Fee to Sell Shares Obtained Pursuant to the Plan		$	5.00	(3)
TOTAL TRANSACTION EXPENSES (as a percentage of offering price)(4)

 

		Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Shares of Common Stock
ANNUAL EXPENSES
Management Fees(5)			[●]%
Interest Payment on Borrowed Funds(6)			[●]%
Other Expenses(7)			[●]%
TOTAL ANNUAL EXPENSES			[●]%

 

(1)	The sales load will apply only if the securities to which this Prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters. In such case, a corresponding Prospectus Supplement will disclose the applicable sales load.

(2)	The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose the estimated amount of offering expenses, the offering price and the offering expenses borne by the Fund as a percentage of the offering price.

(3)

Common Stockholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct the Plan Agent (defined below) to sell shares of Common Stock held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” There are no fees charged to stockholders for participating in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. However, stockholders participating in the plan that elect to sell their shares obtained pursuant to the plan would pay $5.00 per transaction to sell shares.

(4)	The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose the offering price and the total stockholder transaction expenses as a percentage of the offering price.

(5)

The Investment Manager receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means net assets plus the amount of any borrowings and assets attributable to any preferred stock that may be outstanding. For the purposes of this table, we have assumed that the Fund has utilized leverage in an aggregate amount of [●]% of its net assets (the actual average amount of Borrowings during the period fiscal year ended November 30, 20[●]). If the Fund were to use leverage in excess of [●]% of its net assets, the management fees shown would be higher.

(6)

For the purposes of this table, we have assumed that the Fund has utilized Borrowings in an aggregate amount of [●]% of its net assets (which equals the average level of leverage for the Fund’s fiscal year ended November 30, 20[●]). The expenses and rates associated with leverage may vary as and when Borrowings or issuances of Preferred Stock are made.

(7)	Estimated based on amounts incurred in the period ended November 30, 20[●].

The purpose of the table above and the examples below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of Common Stock, would bear directly or indirectly.

 

S-21

---

Example

The following example illustrates the expenses you would pay on a $1,000 investment in shares of Common Stock, assuming a 5% annual portfolio total return.*

 

1 Year

3 Years

5 Years

10 Years

Total Expenses Incurred

$

$

$

$

 

*

The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the amounts set forth in the Table of Fees and Expenses table are accurate and that all distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

 

S-22

---

USE OF PROCEEDS

The Fund estimates the net proceeds of the Rights offering to be approximately $[●], based on the estimated Subscription Price per share of Common Stock of $[●] ([●]% of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on [●], 20[●]), assuming all new shares of Common Stock offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Rights offering estimated at approximately $[●] are paid.

The Investment Manager expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in high quality short term debt securities and instruments. The Investment Manager anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed within three months; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Fund’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as six months. Depending on market conditions and operations, a portion of the cash held by the Fund, including any proceeds raised from the Rights offering, may be used to pay distributions in accordance with the Fund’s distribution policy and may be a return of capital. A return of capital is a return to investors of a portion of their original investment in the Fund. In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation in which a Fund distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of a stockholder’s investment in the Fund, rather than making a distribution that is funded from the Fund’s earned income or other profits. Although return of capital distributions may not be currently taxable, such distributions would decrease the basis of a stockholder’s shares (but not below zero), and therefore may increase a stockholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of shares, even if sold at a loss to the stockholder’s original investment.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the unaudited capitalization of the Fund as of [●], 20[●] and its adjusted capitalization assuming the shares of Common Stock available in the Rights offering discussed in this Prospectus Supplement had been issued.

[To be provided.]

 

S-23

---

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

The following table sets forth for the quarters indicated, the high and low sale prices on the NYSE per share of our Common Stock and the net asset value and the premium or discount from net asset value per share at which the shares of Common Stock were trading, expressed as a percentage of net asset value, at each of the high and low sale prices provided.

 

NAV per Common Stock on Date of Market Price(1)

NYSE Market Price per Common Stock(2)

Premium/ (Discount) on Date of Market Price(3)

Trading

During Quarter Ended

High

Low

High

Low

High

Low

Volume

[June 30, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[September 30, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[December 31, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[March 31, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[June 30, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[September 30, 20[●]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[December 31, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[March 31, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[June 30, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[September 30, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[December 31, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

[March 31, 20[●]]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]%

[ ]%

[ ]

 

(1)	Based on the Fund’s computations.

(2)	Source: NYSE.

(3)	Based on the Fund’s computations.

(4)	Source: Bloomberg.

On [●], 20[●], the last reported net asset value per share of Common Stock was $[●] and the last reported sales price per Common Stock on the NYSE was $[●].

 

S-24

---

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

Risk is inherent in all investing. Therefore, before investing in the shares of Common Stock, you should consider the risks associated with such an investment carefully. See “Risks” in the Prospectus. The following summarizes some of the matters that you should consider before investing in the Fund through the Rights offering:

Dilution. Record Date Stockholders who do not fully exercise their Rights will, at the completion of the Rights offering, own a smaller proportional interest in the Fund than owned prior to the Rights offering. The completion of the Rights offering will result in immediate voting dilution for such stockholders. Further, both the sales load and the expenses associated with the Rights offering will immediately reduce the net asset value of each outstanding share of Common Stock. In addition, if the Subscription Price is less than the net asset value per share of Common Stock as of the Expiration Date, the completion of this Rights offering will result in an immediate dilution of the net asset value per share of Common Stock for all existing Common Stockholders (i.e., will cause the net asset value per Common Stock to decrease). It is anticipated that existing Common Stockholders will experience immediate dilution even if they fully exercise their Rights. Such dilution is not currently determinable because it is not known how many shares of Common Stock will be subscribed for, what the net asset value per share of Common Stock or market price of the share of Common Stock will be on the Expiration Date or what the Subscription Price per share of Common Stock will be. If the Subscription Price is substantially less than the current net asset value per share of Common Stock, this dilution could be substantial. The Fund will pay expenses associated with the Rights offering, estimated at approximately $[●]. In addition, the Fund has agreed to pay a dealer manager fee (sales load) equal to [●]% of the Subscription Price per share of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Rights (including pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege). The Fund, not investors, pays the sales load, which is ultimately borne by all Common Stockholders. All of the costs of the Rights offering will be borne by the Fund (and indirectly by the Fund’s Common Stockholders). See “Table of Fees and Expenses” in this Prospectus Supplement and “Summary of Fund Expenses” in the accompanying Prospectus for more information.

If you do not exercise all of your Rights, you may own a smaller proportional interest in the Fund when the Rights offering is over. In addition, you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value per share of Common Stock if you do not participate in the Rights offering and will experience a reduction in the net asset value per share of Common Stock whether or not you exercise your Rights, if the Subscription Price is below the Fund’s net asset value per share of Common Stock on the Expiration Date, because:

 

•

the offered shares of Common Stock are being sold at less than their current net asset value;

 

•

you will indirectly bear the expenses of the Rights offering; and

 

•

the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Rights offering will have increased proportionately more than the increase in the amount of the Fund’s net assets.

On the other hand, if the Subscription Price is above the Fund’s net asset value per share of Common Stock on the Expiration Date, you may experience an immediate accretion of the aggregate net asset value per share of your share of Common Stock even if you do not exercise your Rights and an immediate increase in the net asset value per share of Common Stock whether or not you participate in the Rights offering, because:

 

•

the offered Common Stock is being sold at more than their current net asset value after deducting the expenses of the Rights offering; and

 

•

the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Rights offering will have increased proportionately less than the increase in the amount of the Fund’s net assets.

[Furthermore, if you do not participate in the secondary over-subscription, if it is available, your percentage ownership will also be diluted.] The Fund cannot state precisely the amount of any dilution because it is not

 

S-25

---

known at this time what the net asset value per share of Common Stock will be on the Expiration Date or what proportion of the Rights will be exercised. The impact of the Rights offering on net asset value (“NAV”) per share of Common Stock is shown by the following examples, assuming the Rights offering is fully subscribed and a $[●] Subscription Price:

Scenario 1: (assumes net asset value per share is above subscription price)⁽¹⁾

 

NAV(2)			[	●]
Subscription Price(3)			[	●]
Reduction in NAV ($)(4)			[	●]
Reduction in NAV (%)			[	●]

[Scenario 2: (assumes net asset value per share is below subscription price)⁽¹⁾

 

NAV(2)			[	●]
Subscription Price(3)			[	●]
Increase in NAV ($)(4)			[	●]
Increase in NAV (%)			[	●]

 

(1)	Both examples assume the full Primary Subscription [and Secondary Over-Subscription Privilege] are exercised. Actual amounts may vary due to rounding.

(2)	For illustrative purposes only; reflects the Fund’s net asset value per share of Common Stock as of [●], 20[●]. It is not known at this time what the net asset value per share of Common Stock will be on the Expiration Date.

(3)	For illustrative purposes only; reflects an estimated Subscription Price of $[●] based upon [●]% of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on [●], 20[●]. It is not known at this time what the Subscription Price will be on the Expiration Date.

(4)	Assumes $[●] in estimated offering expenses.

If you do not wish to exercise your Rights, you should consider selling them as set forth in this Prospectus Supplement. Any cash you receive from selling your Rights may serve as partial compensation for any possible dilution of your interest in the Fund. The Fund cannot give assurance, however, that a market for the Rights will develop or that the Rights will have any marketable value.

[The Fund’s largest stockholders could increase their percentage ownership in the Fund through the exercise of the primary subscription and over-subscription privilege.]

Risks of Investing in Rights. Shares of closed-end funds such as the Fund frequently trade at a discount to net asset value. If the Formula Price is less than [●]% of net asset value on the Expiration Date, then the Subscription Price will likely be greater than the market price of a share of Common Stock on that date. In addition, the Formula Price, even if above [●]% of net asset value, may be still above the market price of a share of Common Stock on the Expiration Date. If either event occurs, the Rights will have no value, and a person who exercises Rights will experience an immediate loss of value.

Leverage. Leverage creates a greater risk of loss, as well as a potential for more gain, for the shares of Common Stock than if leverage were not used. Following the completion of the Rights offering, the Fund’s amount of leverage outstanding will decrease. The leverage of the Fund as of [●], 20[●] was approximately [●]% of the Fund’s net assets. After the completion of the Rights offering, the amount of leverage outstanding is expected to decrease to approximately [●]% of the Fund’s net assets. The use of leverage for investment purposes creates opportunities for greater total returns but at the same time increases risk. When leverage is employed, the net asset value and market price of the shares of Common Stock and the yield to holders of shares of Common

 

S-26

---

Stock may be more volatile. Any investment income or gains earned with respect to the amounts borrowed in excess of the interest due on the borrowing will augment the Fund’s income. Conversely, if the investment performance with respect to the amounts borrowed fails to cover the interest on such borrowings, the value of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock may decrease more quickly than would otherwise be the case, and distributions on the Common Stock could be reduced or eliminated. Interest payments and fees incurred in connection with such borrowings will reduce the amount of net income available for distribution to holders of the shares of Common Stock.

Because the fee paid to the Investment Manager is calculated on the basis of the Fund’s net assets, which include the proceeds of leverage, the dollar amount of the management fee paid by the Fund to the Investment Manager will be higher (and the Investment Manager will be benefited to that extent) when leverage is used. The Investment Manager will use leverage only if it believes such action would result in a net benefit to the Fund’s stockholders after taking into account the higher fees and expenses associated with leverage (including higher management fees).

The Fund’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.

Increase in Share Price Volatility; Decrease in Share Price. The Rights offering may result in an increase in trading of the shares of Common Stock, which may increase volatility in the market price of the Common Stock. The Rights offering may result in an increase in the number of stockholders wishing to sell their shares of Common Stock, which would exert downward price pressure on the price of shares of Common Stock.

Under-Subscription. It is possible that the Rights offering will not be fully subscribed. Under-subscription of the Rights offering would have an impact on the net proceeds of the Rights offering and whether the Fund achieves any benefits.

 

S-27

---

TAXATION

The following is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Rights offering to Record Date Stockholders who are U.S. persons for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The following summary supplements the discussion set forth in the accompanying Prospectus and SAI and is subject to the qualifications and assumptions set forth therein. The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the tax consequences of investing in the Fund.

Please refer to the “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” section in the Fund’s Prospectus and SAI for a description of the consequences of investing in the shares of Common Stock of the Fund. Special tax considerations relating to this Rights offering are summarized below:

 

•

The value of a Right will not be includible in the income of a Common Stockholder at the time the Right is issued.

 

•

The basis of the Rights issued to a Common Stockholder will be zero, and the basis of the Common Stock with respect to which the Rights were issued (the “Old Common Stock”) will not change, unless either (i) the fair market value of the Rights on the date of distribution is at least 15% of the fair market value of the Old Common Stock, or (ii) such Common Stockholder affirmatively elects (in the manner set out in Treasury Regulations under the Code) to allocate to the Rights a portion of the basis of the Old Common Stock. In the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, such Common Stockholder must generally allocate the basis of the Old Common Stock between the Old Common Stock and the Rights in proportion to their fair market values on the date of distribution, but as discussed below, the basis of the Old Common Stock may be allocated to a Right only if the Right is sold or exercised.

 

•

The basis of a Right purchased will generally be its purchase price.

 

•

A Common Stockholder’s holding period in a Right issued includes the holding period of the Old Common Stock.

 

•

A Common Stockholder will not recognize a loss if a Right distributed to such Common Stockholder expires unexercised because the basis of the Old Common Stock may be allocated to a Right only if the Right is sold or exercised. If a Right that has been purchased in the market expires unexercised, there will be a recognized loss equal to the basis of the Right.

 

•

Any gain or loss on the sale of a Right will be a capital gain or loss if the Right is held as a capital asset (which in the case of a Right issued to Record Date Stockholders will depend on whether the Old Common Stock is held as a capital asset), and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period is deemed to exceed one year.

 

•

No gain or loss will be recognized by a Common Stockholder upon the exercise of a Right, and the basis of any Common Stock acquired upon exercise (the “New Common Stock”) will equal the sum of the basis, if any, of the Right and the subscription price for the New Common Stock. The holding period for the New Common Stock will begin on the date when the Right is exercised (or, in the case of a Right purchased in the market, potentially the day after the date of exercise).

The foregoing is a general and brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Rights offering, and applies with respect to U.S. federal income taxation only. Other tax issues such as state and local taxation may apply. The foregoing discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences of the Rights offering and investing in the Fund.

 

S-28

---

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Distribution Arrangements

[●] will act as Dealer Manager for this Rights offering. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Dealer Manager Agreement among the Dealer Manager, the Fund and the Investment Manager, the Dealer Manager will provide financial structuring and solicitation services in connection with the Rights offering and will solicit the exercise of Rights and participation in the over-subscription privilege. The Rights offering is not contingent upon any number of Rights being exercised. The Dealer Manager will also be responsible for forming and managing a group of selling broker-dealers (each a “Selling Group Member” and collectively the “Selling Group Members”), whereby each Selling Group Member will enter into a Selling Group Agreement with the Dealer Manager to solicit the exercise of Rights and to sell shares of Common Stock purchased by the Selling Group Member from the Dealer Manager. In addition, the Dealer Manager will enter into a Soliciting Dealer Agreement with other soliciting broker-dealers (each a “Soliciting Dealer” and collectively the “Soliciting Dealers”) to solicit the exercise of Rights. See “—Compensation to Dealer Manager” for a discussion of fees and other compensation to be paid to the Dealer Manager, Selling Group Members and Soliciting Dealers in connection with the Rights offering.

The Fund and the Investment Manager have each agreed to indemnify the Dealer Manager for losses arising out of certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The Dealer Manager Agreement also provides that the Dealer Manager will not be subject to any liability to the Fund in rendering the services contemplated by the Dealer Manager Agreement except for any act of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of the Dealer Manager or reckless disregard by the Dealer Manager of its obligations and duties under the Dealer Manager Agreement.

In order to seek to facilitate the trading market in the Rights for the benefit of non-exercising stockholders, and the placement of the shares of Common Stock to new or existing investors pursuant to the exercise of the Rights, the Dealer Manager Agreement provides for special arrangements with the Dealer Manager. Under these arrangements, the Dealer Manager is expected to purchase Rights on the [●], as well as Rights received by the Rights Agent for sale by Record Date Stockholders and offered to the Dealer Manager and unexercised Rights of Record Date Stockholders whose record addresses are outside the United States that are held by the Subscription Agent and for which no instructions are received. The number of rights, if any, purchased by the Dealer Manager will be determined by the Dealer Manager in its sole discretion. The Dealer Manager is not obligated to purchase Rights or shares of Common Stock as principal for its own account to facilitate the trading market for Rights or for investment purposes. Rather, its purchases are expected to be closely related to interest in acquiring shares of Common Stock generated by the Dealer Manager through its marketing and soliciting activities. The Dealer Manager intends to exercise Rights purchased by it during the Subscription Period but prior to the Expiration Date. The Dealer Manager may exercise those Rights at its option on one or more dates, which are expected to be prior to the Expiration Date. The subscription price for the shares of Common Stock issued through the exercise of Rights by the Dealer Manager prior to the Expiration Date will be the greater of [●]% of the last reported sale price of a share of Common Stock on the NYSE on the date of exercise or [●]% of the last reported net asset value of a share of Common Stock on the date prior to the date of exercise. The price and timing of these exercises are expected to differ from those described herein for the Rights offering. The subscription price will be paid to the Fund and the dealer manager fee with respect to such proceeds will be paid by the Fund on the applicable settlement date(s) of such exercise(s).

In connection with the exercise of Rights and receipt of shares of Common Stock, the Dealer Manager intends to offer those shares of Common Stock for sale to the public and/or through a group of selling members it has established. The Dealer Manager may set the price for those shares of Common Stock at any price that it determines, in its sole discretion. The Dealer Manager has advised that the price at which such shares of Common Stock are offered is expected to be at or slightly below the closing price of the shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on the date the Dealer Manager exercises Rights. No portion of the amount paid to the Dealer

 

S-29

---

Manager or to a selling group member from the sale of shares of Common Stock in this manner will be paid to the Fund. If the sales price of the shares of Common Stock is greater than the subscription price paid by the Dealer Manager for such shares of Common Stock plus the costs to purchase Rights for the purpose of acquiring those shares of Common Stock, the Dealer Manager will receive a gain. Alternatively, if the sales price of the shares of Common Stock is less than the subscription price for such shares of Common Stock plus the costs to purchase Rights for the purpose of acquiring those shares of Common Stock, the Dealer Manager will incur a loss. The Dealer Manager will pay a concession to selling group members in an amount equal to approximately [●]% of the aggregate price of the shares of Common Stock sold by the respective selling group member. Neither the Fund nor the Investment Manager has a role in setting the terms, including the sales price, on which the Dealer Manager offers for sale and sells shares of Common Stock it has acquired through purchasing and exercising Rights or the timing of the exercise of Rights or sales of shares of Common Stock by the Dealer Manager. Persons who purchase shares of Common Stock from the Dealer Manager or the selling group will purchase shares at a price set by the Dealer Manager, which may be more or less than the Subscription Price, and at a time set by the Dealer Manager, which is expected to be prior to the Expiration Date.

The Dealer Manager may purchase Rights as principal or act as agent on behalf of its clients for the resale of such Rights. The Dealer Manager may realize gains (or losses) in connection with the purchase and sale of Rights and the sale of shares of Common Stock, although such transactions are intended by the Dealer Manager to facilitate the trading market in the Rights and the placement of the shares of Common Stock to new or existing investors pursuant to the exercise of the Rights. Any gains (or losses) realized by the Dealer Manager from the purchase and sale of Rights and the sale of shares of Common Stock is independent of and in addition to its fee as Dealer Manager. The Dealer Manager has advised that any such gains (or losses) are expected to be immaterial relative to its fee as Dealer Manager.

Since neither the Dealer Manager nor persons who purchase shares of Common Stock from the Dealer Manager or members of the selling group were Record Date Stockholders, they would not be able to participate in the over-subscription privilege.

Persons who purchase Common Stock from the Dealer Manager or the selling group will not purchase shares at the Subscription Price based on the formula price mechanism through which shares of Common Stock will be sold in the Rights Offering. Instead, those persons will purchase shares Common Stock at a price set by the Dealer Manager, which may be more or less than the Subscription Price, and will not have the uncertainty of waiting for the determination of the Subscription Price on the Expiration Date.

There is no limit on the number of Rights the Dealer Manager can purchase or exercise. Shares of Common Stock acquired by the Dealer Manager pursuant to the exercise of Rights acquired by it will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, perhaps materially, depending on the number of Rights purchased and exercised by the Dealer Manager.

Although the Dealer Manager can seek to facilitate the trading market for Rights as described above, investors can acquire shares of Common Stock at the Subscription Price by acquiring Rights on the [●] and exercising them in the method described above under “Description of the Rights —Method of Exercise of Rights” and “Description of the Rights—Payment for Shares.”

In the ordinary course of their businesses, the Dealer Manager and/or its affiliates may engage in investment banking or financial transactions with the Fund, the Investment Manager and their affiliates. In addition, in the ordinary course of their businesses, the Dealer Manager and/or its affiliates may, from time to time, own securities of the Fund or its affiliates.

The principal business address of the Dealer Manager is [●].

 

S-30

---

Compensation to Dealer Manager

Pursuant to the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Fund has agreed to pay the Dealer Manager a fee for its financial structuring and solicitation services equal to [●]% of the Subscription Price per share of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Rights, including the over-subscription privilege.

The Dealer Manager will reallow to Selling Group Members in the Selling Group to be formed and managed by the Dealer Manager selling fees equal to [●]% of the Subscription Price for each share of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Rights offering or the over-subscription privilege as a result of their selling efforts. In addition, the Dealer Manager will reallow to Soliciting Dealers that have executed and delivered a Soliciting Dealer Agreement and have solicited the exercise of Rights, solicitation fees equal to [●]% of the Subscription Price for each share of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Rights as a result of their soliciting efforts, subject to a maximum fee based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Soliciting Dealer through DTC on the Record Date. Fees will be paid to the broker-dealer designated on the applicable portion of the subscription certificates or, in the absence of such designation, to the Dealer Manager.

In addition, the Fund has agreed to pay the Dealer Manager an amount up to $[●] as a partial reimbursement of its expenses incurred in connection with the Rights offering, including reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses, if any and not to exceed $[●], incurred by the Dealer Manager, Selling Group Members, Soliciting Dealers and other brokers, dealers and financial institutions in connection with their customary mailing and handling of materials related to the Rights offering to their customers. No other fees will be payable by the Fund or the Investment Manager to the Dealer Manager in connection with the Rights offering.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the securities will be passed upon for the Fund by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Washington, D.C. and for the underwriters by    . Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law on the opinion of Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements included in the annual report to the Fund’s stockholders for the fiscal year ended November 30, 20[●] and together with the report of [●] for the Fund’s annual report, are incorporated herein by reference to the Fund’s annual report to stockholders. All other portions of the annual report to stockholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the registration statement, the SAI, the Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement.

 

S-31

---

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JANUARY 10, 2025

LMP CAPITAL AND INCOME FUND INC.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

 

LMP Capital and Income Fund Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

This Statement of Additional Information relating to the Fund’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), which we also refer to as our securities, does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus relating thereto dated    , 2025, and as it may be supplemented (the “Prospectus”). This Statement of Additional Information does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing the Fund’s securities, and investors should obtain and read the Fund’s Prospectus prior to purchasing such securities. A copy of the Fund’s Prospectus, annual and semi-annual reports (when available) and additional information about the Fund may be obtained without charge by calling (888) 777-0102, by writing to the Fund at 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10018 or by visiting the Fund’s website (http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds). The information contained in, or accessed through, the Fund’s website is not part of the Fund’s Prospectus or this Statement of Additional Information. Prospective investors may also obtain a copy of the Fund’s Prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

 

This Statement of Additional Information is dated     , 2025.

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

		Page
Investment Objective			1
Investment Restrictions			1
Investment Policies and Techniques			2
Management of the Fund			41
Investment Manager			51
Portfolio Managers			54
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage			59
Net Asset Value			60
General Information			61
Repurchase of Fund Shares; Conversion to an Open-End Fund			62
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations			63
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities			72
Financial Statements			73
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			73
Custodian and Transfer Agent			73
Incorporation by Reference			73
Additional Information			74
Appendix A—Description of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch Ratings			A-1
Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policy of Franklin Templeton Fund Adviser, LLC			B-1
Appendix C—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of Western Asset Management Company			C-1

 

i

---

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Fund’s investment objective is total return with an emphasis on income. There can be no assurance the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Fundamental Policies. Except as described below, the Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock, and if issued, a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock voting together as a single class:

(1) Borrow money or issue any senior security, except to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time and under the Articles. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risk” in the Prospectus.

(2) Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws.

(3) Concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

(4) Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities secured by real estate or interests therein, or securities issued by companies which invest in real estate, or interests therein.

(5) Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts or oil, gas or mineral programs. This restriction shall not prohibit the Fund, subject to restrictions described in the Prospectus and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information, from purchasing, selling or entering into futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, or any interest rate, securities-related or other hedging instrument, including swap agreements and other derivative instruments, subject to compliance with any applicable provisions of the federal securities or commodities laws.

(6) Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

For purposes of the foregoing, “majority of the outstanding,” means (i) 67% or more of such shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of such shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of such shares, whichever is less.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Fund’s investments (as stated above and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information) apply only at the time a transaction is entered into. Any subsequent change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or, if unrated, deemed by the Investment Manager to be of comparable quality), or change in the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in the average maturity or duration of the Fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Fund’s total assets, will not require the Fund to dispose of an investment until the Investment Manager determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences to the Fund. In the event that rating agencies assign different ratings to the same security, the Investment Manager will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category.

Under the 1940 Act, a “senior security” does not include any promissory note or evidence of indebtedness where such loan is for temporary purposes only and in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total assets of the issuer at the time the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed.

 

1

---

The Fund would be deemed to “concentrate” in a particular industry if it invested more than 25% of its Managed Assets in that industry. The Fund’s industry concentration policy does not preclude it from focusing investments in issuers in a group of related industrial sectors (such as different types of utilities).

The Fund interprets its policies with respect to borrowing and lending to permit such activities as may be lawful for the Fund, to the full extent permitted by the 1940 Act or by exemption from the provisions therefrom pursuant to exemptive order of the SEC.

If the Fund issues Preferred Stock, it intends to apply for ratings for its Preferred Stock from Moody’s or S&P or both. In order to obtain and maintain the required ratings, the Fund may be required to comply with investment quality, diversification and other guidelines established by Moody’s or S&P. Such guidelines will likely be more restrictive than the restrictions set forth above. The Fund does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on Common Stockholders or its ability to achieve its investment objective. No minimum rating is required for the issuance of Preferred Stock by the Fund. Moody’s and S&P receive fees in connection with their ratings issuances.

Non-Fundamental Restriction. An additional investment restriction adopted by the Fund, which is deemed non-fundamental and which may be changed by the Board of Directors without stockholder approval, provides that the Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for delayed delivery or when-issued transactions, such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions and margin deposits in connection with transactions in futures contracts, options on futures contracts and options on securities and securities indices).

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, policies, and techniques that are described in the Prospectus.

Under normal market conditions, the Fund intends to invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined in the Prospectus) in a broad range of equity and fixed income securities of both U.S. and foreign issuers. The Fund will vary its allocation between equity and fixed income securities depending on the Investment Manager’s view of economic and market conditions, fiscal and monetary policy and security valuations. Depending on the Investment Manager’s view of these factors, which may vary from time to time, the Investment Manager may allocate substantially all of the investments in the portfolio to equity securities or fixed income securities.

Equity Securities

The Fund’s investments in equity securities will include, among other securities, common stock traded on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market, preferred stocks, warrants, rights, convertible securities, depositary receipts, trust certificates, real estate investment trusts, limited partnership interests, equity-linked debt securities and shares of other investment companies. Because the Fund will ordinarily have substantial exposure to equity securities, historical trends would indicate that the Fund’s portfolio and investment returns will be subject at times, and over time, to higher levels of volatility and market and issuer-specific risk than if it invested exclusively in fixed income securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular equity security held by the Fund. Also, the prices of equity securities, particularly common stocks, are sensitive to general movements in the stock market. Consequently, a decline in the stock market may depress the price of equity securities held by the Fund.

Common Stocks

Common stocks generally represent an ownership interest in an issuer, without preference over any other class of securities, including such issuer’s debt securities, preferred stock and other senior equity securities.

 

2

---

Dividend payments generally are not guaranteed and so may be discontinued by the issuer at its discretion or because of the issuer’s inability to satisfy its liabilities. Further, an issuer’s history of paying dividends does not guarantee that it will continue to pay dividends in the future. In addition to dividends, under certain circumstances the Fund may benefit from capital appreciation of an issuer. The Fund intends that the common stocks in which it will invest will primarily be value stocks. Value stocks are common stocks of companies that sell at low valuation levels relative to their earnings, revenues, assets, cash flows, or other definable measures. Such companies may have experienced adverse business or industry developments or may be subject to special risks that have caused the common stocks to be out of favor and, in the Investment Manager’s opinion, undervalued. Although common stocks historically have generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks held by the Fund or to which it has exposure.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation. Although preferred stock may be considered a form of fixed income securities, a preferred stockholder is a stockholder in the company and not a creditor of the company, as is a holder of the company’s debt obligations. Dividends paid to preferred stockholders are distributions of the earnings or other surplus of the company and not interest payments, which are expenses of the company.

As described below, the Fund may invest in preferred stocks that pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. The value of a company’s preferred stock may fall as a result of factors relating directly to that company’s products or services. A preferred stock’s value may also fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of preferred stock may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of the preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.

Fixed Rate and Sinking Fund Preferred Stocks. Some fixed rate preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest, known as perpetual preferred stocks, offer a fixed return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, perpetual preferred stocks act like long-term bonds and can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks that have a maturity date and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. The Fund may also invest in sinking fund preferred stocks. These preferred stocks also offer a fixed return, but have a maturity date and are retired or redeemed on a predetermined schedule. The shorter duration of sinking fund preferred stocks makes them perform somewhat like intermediate-term bonds and they typically have lower yields than perpetual preferred stocks.

Adjustable Rate and Auction Preferred Stocks. Typically, the dividend rate on an adjustable rate preferred stock is determined prospectively each quarter by applying an adjustment formula established at the time of issuance of the stock. Although adjustment formulas vary among issues, they typically involve a fixed premium or discount relative to rates on specified debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. Typically, an adjustment formula will provide for a fixed premium or discount adjustment relative to the highest base yield of three specified U.S. Treasury securities: the 90-day Treasury bill, the 10-year Treasury note and the 20-year Treasury bond. The premium or discount adjustment to be added to or subtracted from this highest U.S. Treasury base rate yield is fixed at the time of issue and cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of the stock. The dividend rate on other preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest, commonly known as auction preferred stocks, is adjusted at intervals that may be more frequent than quarterly, such as every 49 days, based on bids

 

3

---

submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks and may be subject to stated maximum and minimum dividend rates. The issues of most adjustable rate and auction preferred stocks currently outstanding are perpetual, but are redeemable after a specified date at the option of the issuer. Certain issues supported by the credit of a high-rated financial institution provide for mandatory redemption prior to expiration of the credit arrangement. No redemption can occur if full cumulative dividends are not paid. Although the dividend rates on adjustable and auction preferred stocks are generally adjusted or reset frequently, the market values of these preferred stocks may still fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. Market values of adjustable preferred stocks also may substantially fluctuate if interest rates increase or decrease once the maximum or minimum dividend rate for a particular stock is approached.

Warrants or Rights

Warrants or rights are securities which permit, but do not obligate, their holders to subscribe for other securities. Warrants or rights are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Warrants or rights do not carry the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to their underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in assets of the issuer. An investment in warrants or rights may be considered speculative. In addition, the value of a warrant or a right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

Convertible Securities and Synthetic Convertible Securities

Convertible securities are typically preferred stock or bonds that are convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. Because they have the characteristics of both fixed-income securities and common stock, convertible securities are sometimes called “hybrid” securities. Convertible bonds, debentures and notes are debt obligations offering a stated interest rate; convertible preferred stocks are senior securities of a company offering a stated dividend rate. Convertible securities will at times be priced in the market like other fixed income securities—that is, their prices will tend to rise when interest rates decline and will tend to fall when interest rates rise. However, because a convertible security provides an option to the holder to exchange the security for either a specified number of the issuer’s common stock at a stated price per share or the cash value of such common stock, the security market price will tend to fluctuate in relationship to the price of the common stock into which it is convertible. Thus, convertible securities will ordinarily provide opportunities for producing both current income and longer-term capital appreciation. Because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other senior securities and therefore are rated one category lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock.

The Fund may also invest in synthetic convertible securities, which differ from convertible securities in certain respects. Unlike a true convertible security, which is a single security having a unitary market value, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its debt component and its convertibility component. Synthetic convertible securities can be variable or fixed rate instruments. For these reasons, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

A REIT is a Real Estate Company that pools investors’ funds for investment primarily in income-producing real estate or in real estate related loans (such as mortgages) or other interests. REITs generally pay relatively high dividends (as compared to other types of companies). Therefore, a REIT normally derives its income from rents or from interest payments, and may realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. REITs can generally be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs generally invest a majority of their assets in income-producing real estate properties in order to generate cash flow from rental income and gradual asset appreciation. The income-producing real estate properties in which Equity REITs

 

4

---

invest typically include properties such as office, retail, industrial, hotel and apartment buildings and healthcare facilities. Equity REITs can realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments on the mortgages. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. REITs can be listed and traded on national securities exchanges or can be traded privately between individual owners. The Fund may invest in both publicly and privately traded REITs. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to stockholders if it complies with several requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income and a requirement that it distributes to stockholders at least 90% of its taxable income (other than any net capital gain) for each taxable year and otherwise complies with the requirements of the Code. As a result, REITs generally pay relatively high dividends (as compared to other types of companies) and the Fund intends to use these REIT dividends in an effort to meet its primary objective of total return with an emphasis on income.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An Equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A Mortgage REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to stockholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees or borrowers. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to risks associated with such industry.

REITs (especially Mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans the interest rates on which are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically REITs have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index.

Other Investment Companies

The Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies and are permissible under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act imposes the following restrictions on investments in other investment companies: (i) the Fund may not purchase more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of another investment company; (ii) the Fund may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in securities issued by another investment company; and (iii) the Fund may not invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities issued by other investment companies. These limitations do not apply to the purchase of shares of any investment company (i) in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of substantially all the assets of another investment company or (ii) pursuant to any exemption granted under the 1940 Act.

The Fund may invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Stock or Preferred Stock, if any, during periods when there is a shortage of attractive securities available in the market, or when the Investment Manager believes share prices of other investment companies offer attractive values. The Fund may invest in investment companies that are advised by the Investment Manager or its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the SEC. As a stockholder in

 

5

---

an investment company, the Fund would indirectly bear its proportionate share of the advisory fees and other operating expenses of such investment company, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of the Common Stock would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. The Investment Manager will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available investments in other securities. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks described in the Prospectus and herein. As described in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Risks—Leverage Risk,” the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to stockholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”)

ETFs are ownership interests in investment companies, unit investment trusts, depositary receipts and other pooled investment vehicles that are traded on an exchange and that hold a portfolio of securities or other financial instruments (the “Underlying Assets”). The Underlying Assets are typically selected to correspond to the securities that comprise a particular broad based sector or international index, or to provide exposure to a particular industry sector or asset class, including precious metals or other commodities. “Short ETFs” seek a return similar to the inverse, or a multiple of the inverse, of a reference index. Short ETFs carry additional risks because their Underlying Assets may include a variety of financial instruments, including futures and options on futures, options on securities and securities indices, swap agreements and forward contracts, and a short ETF may engage in short sales. An ETF’s losses on short sales are potentially unlimited; however, the Fund’s risk would be limited to the amount it invested in the ETF. Certain ETFs are actively managed by a portfolio manager or management team that makes investment decisions on Underlying Assets without seeking to replicate the performance of a reference index or industry sector or asset class.

Unlike shares of typical open-end management investment companies or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout the trading day and bought and sold based on market price rather than net asset value. Shares can trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. The portfolios held by ETFs are typically publicly disclosed on each trading day and an approximation of actual net asset value is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the Underlying Assets and the ETF will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the Underlying Assets. In the future, as new products become available, the Fund may invest in ETFs that do not have this same level of transparency and, therefore, may be more likely to trade at a larger discount or premium to actual net asset values.

Gains or losses on the Fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. An active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained and trading of an ETF’s shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally. The performance of an ETF will be reduced by transaction and other expenses, including fees paid by the ETF to service providers. Investors in ETFs are eligible to receive their portion of income, if any, accumulated on the securities held in the portfolio, less fees and expenses of the ETF.

An investment in an ETF involves risks similar to investing directly in the Underlying Assets, including the risk that the value of the Underlying Assets may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of their issuers, the value of securities and other financial instruments generally, and other market factors.

If an ETF is a registered investment company (as defined in the 1940 Act), the limitations applicable to the Fund’s ability to purchase securities issued by other investment companies apply absent exemptive relief. The SEC has granted orders for exemptive relief to certain ETFs that permit investments in those ETFs by other investment companies (such as the Fund) in excess of these limits. Under the orders, other investment companies

 

6

---

generally may acquire up to 25% of the assets of an ETF. Some ETFs are not structured as investment companies and thus are not regulated under the 1940 Act.

Fixed Income Securities

Fixed income securities include, among other securities, corporate bonds, mortgage and asset backed securities, U.S. government obligations, investment grade and high yield debt, including emerging market and high yield sovereign debt, and loans. Changes in market yields will affect the Fund’s net asset value as prices of fixed income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade, and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to decline.

In addition, many debt securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. Although the Fund would typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer exercises such a “call option” and redeems the security during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the Fund may have to replace the called security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased rate of return to the Fund. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, redemption or prepayment rates may slow, leading to an extension in the expected maturity of the obligation, leading to greater price volatility.

Corporate Debt Obligations

The Fund may invest in corporate debt obligations and zero coupon securities issued by financial institutions and corporations. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of any issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

Investment Grade Securities

The Fund may invest in investment grade securities. Securities are investment grade if they are rated in one of the top four long-term rating categories of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, they have received a comparable short-term or other rating or they are unrated securities that the Investment Manager reasonably determines are of comparable quality to investment grade securities.

High Yield, Lower Quality Securities

The Fund may invest a portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets in instruments that are high yield, lower quality securities. High yield, lower quality securities are securities that are rated by a recognized rating organization below its top four long-term rating categories or unrated securities determined by the Investment Manager to be of equivalent quality. Under rating agency guidelines, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Medium- and lower-rated securities may have poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, may have a current identifiable vulnerability to default or be in default, may be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, and/or may be likely to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Such securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s

 

7

---

capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. Accordingly, it is possible that these types of factors could reduce the value of securities held by the Fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the Fund’s shares.

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any fixed income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, Inc. is set forth in Appendix A. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk or liquidity of the securities. Ratings of a non-U.S. debt instrument, to the extent that those ratings are undertaken, are related in part to evaluations of the country in which the issuer of the instrument is located. Ratings generally take into account the currency in which a non-U.S. debt instrument is denominated. Instruments issued by a foreign government in other than the local currency, for example, typically have a lower rating than local currency instruments due to the existence of an additional risk that the government will be unable to obtain the required foreign currency to service its foreign currency-denominated debt. In general, the ratings of debt securities or obligations issued by a non-U.S. public or private entity will not be higher than the rating of the currency or the foreign currency debt of the central government of the country in which the issuer is located, regardless of the intrinsic creditworthiness of the issuer.

The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher-rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants in the market are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher-rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of the Fund to dispose of particular portfolio investments, may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value per share and may limit the ability of the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value. If the Fund is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will become more difficult to value the Fund’s portfolio securities, and a greater degree of judgment may be necessary in making such valuations. Less liquid secondary markets may also affect the ability of the Fund to sell securities at their fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield securities contract due to adverse economic conditions or for other reasons, certain liquid securities in the Fund’s portfolio may become illiquid and the proportion of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may significantly increase.

Prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in recent years.

High Yield Corporate Securities. While the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, such securities present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The Fund also may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

 

8

---

The development of a market for high yield non-U.S. corporate securities has been a relatively recent phenomenon. On the other hand, the market for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities is more established than that for high yield non-U.S. corporate debt securities, but has undergone significant changes in the past and may undergo significant changes in the future.

High yield non-U.S. and U.S. corporate securities in which the Fund may invest include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and preferred stock and will generally be unsecured. Most of the debt securities will bear interest at fixed rates. However, the Fund may also invest in corporate debt securities with variable rates of interest or which involve equity features, such as contingent interest or participations based on revenues, sales or profits (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture).

High Yield Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities. Investing in fixed rate and floating rate high yield foreign sovereign debt securities, especially in emerging market countries, creates exposure to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located. See “Foreign Securities and American Depositary Receipts” below. The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in emerging market countries or the governmental authorities that control repayment of their external debt to pay principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Certain countries in which the Fund may invest, especially emerging market countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability. Additional factors which may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole, and its government’s policy towards the IMF, the World Bank and other international agencies.

The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor, especially in emerging market countries, to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations in interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than U.S. dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in U.S. dollars could be adversely affected. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these foreign governments, multilateral organizations and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds, which may further impair the obligor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluation may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt. The risks enumerated above are particularly heightened with regard to issuers in emerging market countries.

As a result of the foregoing, a governmental obligor, especially in an emerging market country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or

 

9

---

guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions.

These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect the Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

Distressed Debt Securities. As part of investing in high yield securities, the Fund may invest in distressed debt securities. Distressed debt securities are debt securities that are purchased in the secondary market and are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund or are rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody’s and CC or lower by S&P) or which, if unrated, are in the judgment of the Investment Manager of equivalent quality. Investment in distressed debt securities is speculative and involves significant risk. The risks associated with high yield securities are heightened by investing in distressed debt securities.

The Fund will generally make such investments only when the Investment Manager believes it is reasonably likely that the issuer of the distressed debt securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the Fund will receive new securities (e.g., equity securities). However, there can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which the Fund makes its investment in distressed debt securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. During this period, it is unlikely that the Fund will receive any interest payments on the distressed debt securities, the Fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether or not the exchange offer or plan will be completed and the Fund may be required to bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect or recover its investment. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan or reorganization is adopted with respect to the distressed debt securities held by the Fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by the Fund in connection with such exchange offer or plan or reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by the Fund upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. As a result of the Fund’s participation in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of distressed debt securities, the Fund may be restricted from disposing of such securities. The Fund will generally not invest more than 5% of its assets in securities that are already in default or subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

U.S. Government Securities

Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities include obligations that are supported by: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury (e.g., direct pass-through certificates of the

 

10

---

Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Maes”)); (b) the limited authority of the issuer or guarantor to borrow from the U.S. Treasury (e.g., obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks); or (c) only the credit of the issuer or guarantor (e.g., obligations of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Macs”)). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation is principally responsible for ultimate repayment.

Agencies and instrumentalities that issue or guarantee debt securities and that have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government include, in addition to those identified above, the Bank for Cooperatives, the Export-Import Bank, the Federal Farm Credit System, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Federal Land Banks, the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Student Loan Marketing Association.

Foreign Securities and American Depositary Receipts

The Fund may invest in foreign securities and ADRs. ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued generally by domestic banks and representing the deposit with the bank of a security of a foreign issuer. ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or over the counter in the U.S. Investors should recognize that investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and foreign securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and illiquidity of certain foreign securities markets, different trading and settlement practices and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions such as wars, terrorism, civil unrest and uprisings, and, as with domestic multinational corporations, from fluctuating interest rates.

There may be less publicly-available information about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of a foreign issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default in any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for the Fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations.

Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of the Fund’s income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might adversely affect payments due on securities held by the Fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign subcustodians and legal limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign subcustodian in the event of the subcustodian’s bankruptcy.

There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States.

In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The 1940 Act limits the Fund’s ability to invest

 

11

---

in any equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder. These provisions may also restrict the Fund’s investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.

Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller, emerging capital markets, which may result in the Fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when assets of the Fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the Fund to forego attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit the Fund to maintain its foreign securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories. Certain banks in foreign countries may not be “eligible sub-custodians,” as defined in the 1940 Act, for the Fund, in which event the Fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain foreign countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the Fund incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The Fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible foreign sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by foreign sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and, consequently, the value of certain securities held in the Fund’s portfolio.

Investment in certain emerging market issuers is restricted or controlled to varying degrees, which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market issuers and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of the Fund. For example, the Fund may be required in some countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the Fund. Re-registration may not occur on a timely basis in some instances, resulting in a delay during which the Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.

 

12

---

Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect the Fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, different legal standards may have an adverse impact on the Fund. For example, while the potential liability of a stockholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the stockholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of stockholders of U.S. corporations.

Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for the Fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of the Fund.

Obligations of Supranational Entities

Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the World Bank, the European Investment Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Such supranational entity-issued instruments may be denominated in multi-national currency units. Obligations of the World Bank and certain other supranational organizations are supported by subscribed but unpaid commitments of member countries. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The Fund also may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options (see “—Derivatives” below), and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the prevailing rate in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forwards”) with terms generally of less than one year. The Fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities. The Fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. Suitable currency hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and the Investment Manager may decide not to use hedging transactions that are available.

A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect the Fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes will be covered by the segregation with the Fund’s custodian of assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Manager in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, and are marked to market daily. Although forwards are

 

13

---

intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currencies increase. Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of the Fund with a view to protecting the Fund’s position, and the Fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:

Lock In. When the Fund desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.

Cross Hedge. If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, the Fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency that is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the Fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.

Direct Hedge. If the Fund wants to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, or if the Investment Manager believes that the Fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s debt obligations but does not want to hold the currency, or both, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, the Fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated a contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but the Fund would hope to benefit from an increase (if any) in the value of the debt obligation.

Proxy Hedge. The Investment Manager might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, the Fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be close to those in the United States and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

Costs of Hedging. When the Fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if the Fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar.

It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from the Fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield.

Tax Consequences of Hedging. Under applicable tax law, the Fund’s hedging activities may result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Code. Those provisions could cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash with which to satisfy distribution requirements, could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the Fund and could affect whether dividends paid by the Fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.

Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities

Foreign Currency Warrants. Foreign currency warrants, such as Currency Exchange Warrants (“CEWs”), are warrants that entitle their holders to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) that is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specific date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk that, from the point of view of the

 

14

---

prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international debt obligation marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may attempt to reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplement payment in the event that the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese Yen or the Euro. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction (e.g., unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed). Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be delisted from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining “time values” of the warrants (i.e., the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants), and, if the warrants were “out-of-the-money,” in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). Unlike foreign currency options issued by the OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of government or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The initial public offering price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.

Principal Exchange Rate Linked Securities. Principal exchange rate linked securities (“PERLs”) are debt obligations the principal on which is payable at maturity in an amount that may vary based on the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a particular foreign currency at or about that time. The return on “standard” principal exchange rate linked securities is enhanced if the foreign currency to which the security is linked appreciates against the U.S. dollar, and is adversely affected by increases in the foreign exchange value of the U.S. dollar; “reverse” principal exchange rate linked securities are like “standard” securities, except that their return is enhanced by increases in the value of the U.S. dollar and adversely impacted by increases in the value of foreign currency. Interest payments on the securities are generally made in U.S. dollars at rates that reflect the degree of foreign currency risk assumed or given up by the purchaser of the notes (i.e., at relatively higher interest rates if the purchaser has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, or relatively lower interest rates if the issuer has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, based on the expectations of the current market). Principal exchange rate linked securities may in limited cases be subject to acceleration of maturity (generally, not without the consent of the holders of the securities), which may have an adverse impact on the value of the principal payment to be made at maturity.

Performance Indexed Paper. Performance indexed paper (“PIPs”) is U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper the yield of which is linked to certain foreign exchange rate movements. The yield to the investor on performance indexed paper is established at maturity as a function of spot exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a designated currency as of or about that time (generally, the index maturity two days prior to maturity). The yield to the investor will be within a range stipulated at the time of purchase of the obligation, generally with a guaranteed minimum rate of return that is below, and a potential maximum rate of return that is above, market yields on U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper, with both the minimum and maximum rates of return on the investment corresponding to the minimum and maximum values of the spot exchange rate two business days prior to maturity.

 

15

---

Bank Obligations

The Fund may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and fixed time deposits. A certificate of deposit is a short-term negotiable certificate issued by a commercial bank against funds deposited in the bank and is either interest-bearing or purchased on a discount basis. A bankers’ acceptance is a short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. The borrower is liable for payment as is the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Fixed time deposits are obligations of branches of U.S. banks or foreign banks which are payable at a stated maturity date and bear a fixed rate of interest. Although fixed time deposits do not have a market, there are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in the deposit to a third party. Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation.

Banks are subject to extensive governmental regulations which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of this industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operations of this industry and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations.

Investors should also be aware that securities issued or guaranteed by foreign banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks, and foreign government and private issuers may involve investment risks in addition to those relating to domestic obligations. The Fund will not purchase bank obligations which the Investment Manager believes, at the time of purchase, will be subject to exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes; however, there can be no assurance that such laws may not become applicable to certain of the Fund’s investments. In the event unforeseen exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes are imposed with respect to the Fund’s investments, the effect may be to reduce the income received by the Fund on such investments.

Floating and Variable Rate Obligations

The Fund may invest in floating and variable rate obligations. Floating or variable rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, and at specified intervals. Such obligations include variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. The Fund will limit its purchases of floating and variable rate obligations to those of the same quality as the fixed income securities which the Fund is otherwise permitted to purchase. The Investment Manager will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.

Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the Fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity. Some of the demand instruments purchased by the Fund are not traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, the Fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and therefore illiquid.

The Fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the Fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than the Fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by the Fund between that bank and the Fund’s custodian.

 

16

---

Asset-Backed Securities

The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are generally issued as pass through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pool of assets, or as debt instruments, which are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. The pool of assets generally represents the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities frequently carry credit protection in the form of extra collateral, subordinated certificates, cash reserve accounts, letters of credit or other enhancements. For example, payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or other enhancement issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. Assets which, to date, have been used to back asset-backed securities include motor vehicle installment sales contracts or installment loans secured by motor vehicles, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements.

Asset-backed securities present certain risks which are, generally, related to limited interests, if any, in related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Other types of asset-backed securities will be subject to the risks associated with the underlying assets. If a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement is exhausted or otherwise unavailable, holders of asset-backed securities may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying assets are not realized.

Mortgage-Backed Securities

The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities, which are securities representing interests in “pools” of mortgage loans. The following describes certain characteristics of mortgage-backed securities. It should be noted that new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and marketed from time to time and that, consistent with its investment limitations, the Fund may invest in those new types of mortgage-backed securities that the Investment Manager believes may assist it in achieving the Fund’s investment objective(s).

Background. Mortgage-backed securities were introduced in the 1970s when the first pool of mortgage loans was converted into a mortgage pass-through security. Since the 1970s, the mortgage-backed securities market has vastly expanded and a variety of structures have been developed to meet investor needs.

Yield Characteristics. Interest and principal payments on mortgage-backed securities are typically made monthly, and principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the Fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if the Fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity.

Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate

 

17

---

mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the Fund are likely to be greater during a period of relatively low interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of relatively high interest rates. This prepayment effect has been particularly pronounced during recent years as borrowers have refinanced higher interest rate mortgages into lower interest rate mortgages available in the marketplace. Mortgage-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by U.S. governmental or private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Any guarantee of such securities runs only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by the Fund and not to the purchase of shares of the Fund. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are often sold on a to-be-acquired or “TBA” basis. Such securities are typically sold one to three months in advance of issuance, prior to the identification of the underlying pools of mortgage securities but with the interest payment provisions fixed in advance. The underlying pools of mortgage securities are identified shortly before settlement and must meet certain parameters.

The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the Fund may invest may include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae Certificates”) and Freddie Mac (“Freddie Mac Certificates”).

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee, but not as to the market value of such securities. The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be Federal Housing Administration Loans (“FHA Loans”) or Veterans’ Administration Loans (“VA Loans”) and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully amortizing loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family housing units.

Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate, but not the market value thereof, will be guaranteed by

 

18

---

Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the “FHLMC Act”). Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal or the market value of the securities. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following: (i) foreclosure sale; (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer; or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Privately-Issued Mortgage Securities

Mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment banks, savings and loan associations and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Such credit support falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.

The ratings of mortgage securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected. There can be no assurance that the private issuers or credit enhancers of mortgage-backed securities can meet their obligations under the relevant policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of

 

19

---

principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such security.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and MultiClass Pass-Through Securities

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private pass-throughs (such collateral collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Multiclass pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multiclass pass-through securities. Payments of principal and of interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specified fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. The Fund has no present intention to invest in CMO residuals. As market conditions change, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced. Such changes can result in volatility in the market value, and in some instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.

Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or a final distribution date but may be retired earlier. Planned amortization class bonds (“PAC Bonds”) are a type of CMO tranche or series designed to provide relatively predictable payments of principal provided that, among other things, the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans falls within a predefined range. If the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans is at a rate faster or slower than the predefined range or if deviations from other assumptions occur, principal payments on the PAC Bond may be earlier or later than predicted. The magnitude of the predefined range varies from one PAC Bond to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments on the PAC Bond will be greater or smaller than predicted. Because of these features, PAC Bonds generally are less subject to the risks of prepayment than are other types of mortgage-backed securities.

 

20

---

Stripped Mortgage Securities

The Fund may invest in stripped mortgage securities, although the Fund has no present intention to invest in such securities. Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.

Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities are generally illiquid.

In addition to the stripped mortgage securities described above, the Fund may invest in similar securities such as Super POs, Levered IOs and IOettes which are more volatile than POs and IOs. Risks associated with instruments such as Super POs are similar in nature to those risks related to investments in POs. Risks connected with Levered IOs and IOettes are similar in nature to those associated with IOs. The Fund may also invest in other similar instruments developed in the future that are deemed consistent with its investment objective, policies and restrictions. POs may generate taxable income from the current accrual of original issue discount, without a corresponding distribution of cash to the Fund.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities

Unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. The Fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities in the Fund would likely decrease. Also, the Fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgages is based lags behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to the Fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments.

Inverse Floating Rate Obligations

The Fund may invest in inverse floating rate obligations, or “inverse floaters”, although the Fund has no present intention to invest in such securities. Inverse floaters have coupon rates that vary inversely at a multiple

 

21

---

of a designated floating rate (which typically is determined by reference to an index rate, but may also be determined through a dutch auction or a remarketing agent) (the “reference rate”). Inverse floaters may constitute a class of CMOs with a coupon rate that moves inversely to a designated index, such as LIBOR or COFI (Cost of Funds Index). Any rise in the reference rate of an inverse floater (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate while any drop in the reference rate of an inverse floater causes an increase in the coupon rate. In addition, like most other fixed income securities, the value of inverse floaters will generally decrease as interest rates increase. An investment in inverse floaters typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate bond. Because increases in the interest rate on the other security or index reduce the residual interest paid on an inverse floater, the value of an inverse floater is generally more volatile than that of a fixed rate bond.

Inverse floaters exhibit substantially greater price volatility than fixed rate obligations having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity, and inverse floater CMOs exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage pass-through securities or CMOs. In addition, some inverse floater CMOs exhibit extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater CMO is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets.

Investment by the Fund in inverse floaters and other derivative instruments may increase the Fund’s leverage and, during periods of rising interest rates, may adversely affect the Fund’s income, distributions and total returns to Common Stockholders.

Small Cap Companies

Investments in companies with market capitalizations below the top 1,000 stocks of the equity market (“Small Cap Companies”) may involve greater risks and volatility than investments in larger companies. Small Cap Companies may be at an earlier stage of development, may be subject to greater business risks, may have limited product lines, limited financial resources and less depth in management than more established companies. In addition, Small Cap Companies may have difficulty withstanding competition from larger more established companies in their industries. The securities of Small Cap Companies may be thinly traded (and therefore have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or sold in small lots over an extended period of time), may be followed by fewer investment research analysts and may be subject to wider price swings and thus may create a greater chance of loss than investing in securities of larger capitalization companies.

Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from the Fund, as the buyer, at a mutually agreed upon time and price.

The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with dealers, domestic banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of the Investment Manager, are deemed creditworthy. The Investment Manager will monitor the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. The Fund requires that additional securities be deposited if the value of the securities purchased decreases below their resale price and does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under the repurchase obligation. In the event of default by the seller under the repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience losses and experience delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying security. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that the Fund has purchased has decreased, the Fund could experience a loss. Repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities by the Fund.

 

22

---

Rule 144A Securities

The Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities for which there is a secondary market of qualified institutional buyers, as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers.

Rule 144A securities may be considered liquid securities if so determined by the Investment Manager and therefore will not be subject to the Fund’s restriction on illiquid investments. The Investment Manager has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether securities that are eligible for resales under Rule 144A are liquid or illiquid. Pursuant to those policies and procedures, the Investment Manager may make the determination as to whether a particular security is liquid or illiquid with consideration to be given to, among other things, the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to sell the security and the number of potential purchasers, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, the nature of the security and the time needed to dispose of the security.

To the extent that liquid Rule 144A securities that the Fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient qualified institutional buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase. The Investment Manager will monitor Fund investments in Rule 144A securities and will consider appropriate measures to enable the Fund to meet any investment limitations and to maintain sufficient liquidity for operating purposes and to meet redemption requests.

Firm Commitment and When-Issued Securities

The Fund may purchase securities on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities. Securities purchased on a firm commitment basis are purchased for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a firm commitment basis prior to delivery. Such securities are recorded as an asset and are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. Purchasing a security on a firm commitment basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. The Fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. The Fund will establish a segregated account in which it will maintain liquid assets in an amount at least equal in value to the Fund’s commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis. If the value of these assets declines, the Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities

The Fund may invest in zero coupon securities, “payment-in-kind” or “PIK” bonds and deferred payment securities as well as custodial receipts or certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain U.S. government securities. Zero coupon securities are debt securities that pay no cash income but are sold at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. When a zero coupon security is held to maturity, its entire return, which consists of the amortization of discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. This difference is known at the time of purchase, so that investors holding zero coupon securities until maturity know at the time of their investment what the expected return on their investment will be. Deferred payment securities also are sold at substantial discounts from their maturity value and provide for the commencement of regular interest payments at a deferred date. The Fund also may purchase PIK bonds. PIK bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities.

Custodial receipts evidencing specific coupon or principal payments have the same general attributes as zero coupon U.S. government securities but are not considered to be U.S. government securities. Although under the

 

23

---

terms of a custodial receipt a fund is typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the fund may be required to assert through the custodian bank such rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, in the event the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, the fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in respect of any taxes paid.

Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than are ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers.

Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security, certain PIK bonds, deferred payment securities and certain other securities acquired at a discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, the Fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

Loan Participation and Assignments

The Fund may invest in loan participations and assignments. The Fund considers these investments to be investments in debt securities for purposes of this Statement of Additional Information. Loan participations typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender that sold the participation, not with the borrower. The Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing loan participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. The Fund will acquire loan participations only if the lender interpositioned between the Fund and the borrower is determined by the Investment Manager to be creditworthy. When the Fund purchases assignments from lenders, the Fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan, except that under certain circumstances such rights may be more limited than those held by the assigning lender.

The Fund may have difficulty disposing of assignments and loan participations. In certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, and therefore the Fund anticipates that in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular assignments or loan participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

The Fund has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether holdings are liquid or illiquid. The determination as to whether a particular loan participation or assignment is liquid or illiquid, depends upon the frequency of quotes, the number of dealers willing to sell and the number of potential purchasers, the nature of the loan participation or assignment, the time needed to dispose of it and the contractual

 

24

---

provisions of the relevant documentation. To the extent that liquid assignments and loan participation that the Fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase.

In valuing a loan participation or assignment held by the Fund for which a secondary trading market exists, the Fund will rely upon prices or quotations provided by banks, dealers or pricing services. To the extent a secondary trading market does not exist, the Fund’s loan participations and assignments will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board, taking into consideration, among other factors: (i) the creditworthiness of the borrower under the loan and of the lender; (ii) the current interest rate, the period until next rate reset and the maturity of the loan; (iii) recent prices in the market for similar loans; and (iv) recent prices in the market for instruments of similar quality, rate, period until next interest rate reset and maturity.

Restricted Securities and Securities with Limited Trading Markets

The Fund may purchase securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are subject to restrictions on resale to the public. If the Fund were to assume substantial positions in securities with limited trading markets, the activities of the Fund could have an adverse effect upon the liquidity and marketability of such securities and the Fund might not be able to dispose of its holdings in those securities at then current market prices. Circumstances could also exist (to satisfy redemptions, for example) when portfolio securities might have to be sold by the Fund at times which otherwise might be considered to be disadvantageous so that the Fund might receive lower proceeds from such sales than it had expected to realize. Investments in securities which are “restricted” may involve added expenses to the Fund should the Fund be required to bear registration costs with respect to such securities. The Fund could also be delayed in disposing of such securities which might have an adverse effect upon the price and timing of sales and the liquidity of the Fund. Restricted securities and securities for which there is a limited trading market may be significantly more difficult to value due to the unavailability of reliable market quotations for such securities, and investment in such securities may have an adverse impact on net asset value. As more fully described above, the Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities for which there may be a secondary market of qualified institutional buyers as contemplated by Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. To the extent that the number of qualified institutional buyers is reduced, a previously liquid Rule 144A security may be determined to be illiquid, thus increasing the percentage of illiquid assets in the Fund’s portfolio. The Investment Manager is responsible for monitoring the liquidity of Rule 144A securities and the selection of such securities.

Securities of Unseasoned Issuers

The Fund may invest in securities that have limited marketability and, therefore, may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. In addition, the Fund may invest in issuers of securities that lack significant operating history and may be dependent on products or services without an established market share.

Structured Notes and Related Instruments

The Fund may invest in “structured” notes and other related instruments, which are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indexes reflecting bonds. Structured instruments may be issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies. Structured instruments frequently are assembled in the form of medium-term notes, but a variety of forms are available and may be used in particular circumstances. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending on a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the

 

25

---

embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss.

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for hedging purposes or to add leverage to the portfolio. When used for hedging purposes, the Fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the Fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Borrowing

The Fund may borrow in certain circumstances. Certain borrowing may create an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the Fund’s shares and in the return on the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowings. If the Fund were to engage in borrowing, an increase in interest rates could reduce the value of the Fund’s shares by increasing the Fund’s interest expense. This interest expense may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment.

Short Sales Against the Box

The Fund may enter into a short sale of common stock such that, when the short position is open, the Fund owns an equal amount of preferred stocks or debt securities convertible or exchangeable without payment of further consideration into an equal number of shares of the common stock sold short. The Fund will enter into this kind of short sale, described as “against the box,” for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest earned by the executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The proceeds of the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement date, when the Fund delivers the convertible securities to close out its short position. Although the Fund will have to pay an amount equal to any dividends paid on the common stock sold short prior to delivery, it will receive the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from the debt securities convertible into the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest earned from the proceeds of the short sale. The Fund will deposit, in a segregated account with its custodian, convertible preferred stock or convertible debt securities in connection with short sales against the box.

Short Sales

The Fund may seek to hedge investments or realize additional gains through short sales. Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security. To complete such a transaction, the Fund borrows the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or prior to the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to repay the lender any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portion of the net proceeds of the short sale may be retained by the broker (or by the Fund’s custodian in a special custody account), to the extent necessary to collateralize the broker and to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. The Fund will also incur transaction costs in effecting short sales.

 

26

---

The Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. The Fund will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premiums, dividends, interest or expenses the Fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. An increase in the value of a security sold short by the Fund over the price at which it was sold short will result in a loss to the Fund, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to close out the position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. Thus the Fund’s losses on short sales are potentially unlimited.

Whenever the Fund engages in short sales, it maintains cash or liquid securities in an amount that, when combined with the amount of collateral deposited with the broker in connection with the short sale, equals the current market value of the security sold short. The assets so maintained are marked to market daily.

Derivatives

The Fund may use various investment strategies described below to hedge market risks (such as broad or specific market movements, interest rates and currency exchange rates), to manage the effective maturity or duration of debt instruments held by the Fund, or to seek to increase the Fund’s income or gain.

The Fund may purchase and sell interest rate, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts and enter into currency transactions; purchase and sell (or write) exchange listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) put and call options on securities, currencies, futures contracts, indices and other financial instruments; enter into interest rate transactions, equity swaps and related transactions; and invest in indexed securities and other similar transactions, which may be developed to the extent that the Investment Manager determines that they are consistent with the applicable Fund’s investment objective and policies and applicable regulatory requirements (collectively, these transactions are referred to as “Derivatives”). The Fund’s interest rate transactions may take the form of swaps, caps, floors and collars, and the Fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts and options thereon, currency swaps and options on currencies.

The Fund is not a “commodity pool” (i.e., a pooled investment vehicle which trades in commodity futures contracts and options thereon and the operator of which is registered with the CFTC), and Derivatives involving futures contracts and options on futures contracts will be purchased, sold or entered into primarily for bona fide hedging purposes, provided that the Fund may enter into such transactions for purposes other than bona fide hedging if, immediately thereafter, (i) its pro rata share of the aggregate initial margin and premiums do not exceed 5% of the fair market value of the Fund’s assets, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (however, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation); (ii) the aggregate “notional value” (i.e., the size of the contract, in contract units, times the current market price (futures position) or strike price (options position) of each such unit) or the contract, so that it does not exceed the liquidation value of the Fund, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such contracts and options. The Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Code for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.

Derivatives involve special risks, including possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the Investment Manager’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of Derivatives could result in significantly greater losses than if it had not been used. The degree of the Fund’s use of Derivatives may be limited by certain provisions of the Code.

Currency Transactions. The Fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value or to generate income or gain. Currency transactions include currency forward contracts, exchange-listed currency

 

27

---

futures contracts and options thereon, exchange-listed and OTC options on currencies, and currency swaps. A currency forward contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap. The Fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that the Investment Manager deems to be creditworthy.

The Fund may enter into currency forward contracts when the Investment Manager believes that the currency of a particular country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. In those circumstances, the Fund may enter into a currency forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of that currency approximating the value of some or all of the Fund’s portfolio securities denominated in such currency. Currency forward contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.

Transaction hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of the Fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of the Fund’s portfolio securities or the receipt of income from them. Position hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio securities positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency. The Fund will not enter into a transaction to hedge currency exposure to an extent greater, after netting all transactions intended wholly or partially to offset other transactions, than the aggregate market value (at the time of entering into the transaction) of the securities held by the Fund that are denominated or generally quoted in or currently convertible into the currency, other than with respect to proxy hedging as described below.

The Fund may cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to increase or decline in value relative to other currencies to which the Fund has or in which the Fund expects to have exposure. To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of its securities, the Fund may also engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the Fund’s holdings is exposed is difficult to hedge generally or difficult to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency, the changes in the value of which are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the Fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated, and to buy dollars. The amount of the contract entered into for hedging purposes would not exceed the market value of the Fund’s securities denominated in linked currencies.

Currency transactions are subject to risks different from other portfolio transactions. If the Fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the Fund will comply with the relevant asset segregation requirements.

Futures Contracts. The Fund may trade futures contracts: (1) on domestic and foreign exchanges on currencies, interest rates and bond indices; and (2) on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges on single stocks and stock indices. Futures contracts are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges on which they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by the Fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or with respect to certain instruments, the net cash amount). The Fund is not a commodity pool, and the Fund, where permitted, will use futures contracts and options thereon solely: (i) for bona fide hedging purposes; and (ii) for other purposes in amounts permitted by the rules and regulations promulgated by the CFTC. The Fund’s use of financial futures contracts and options thereon will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the CFTC. Maintaining a futures contract or selling an option on a futures contract will typically require the Fund to deposit with a financial intermediary, as security for its obligations, an amount of cash or other specified assets (“initial margin”) that initially is from 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances). Additional cash or assets

 

28

---

(“variation margin”) may be required to be deposited thereafter daily as the mark-to-market value of the futures contract fluctuates. The Fund will not enter into a futures contract or option thereon other than for bona fide hedging purposes except in accordance with the rules of the CFTC described above. In addition, the value of all futures contracts sold by the Fund (adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between the Fund and the contracts) will not exceed the total market value of the Fund’s securities. In addition, the value of the Fund’s long futures and options positions (futures contracts on stock or bond indices, interest rates or foreign currencies and call options on such futures contracts) will not exceed the sum of: (a) liquid assets segregated for this purpose; (b) cash proceeds on existing investments due within thirty days; and (c) accrued profits on the particular futures or options positions.

Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The Fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts in order to protect it from fluctuations in interest rates without necessarily buying or selling fixed income securities. An interest rate futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of either: (i) an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a particular index of debt securities at the beginning and at the end of the contract period; or (ii) a specified amount of a particular debt security at a future date at a price set at time of the contract. For example, if the Fund owns bonds, and interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on debt securities having characteristics similar to those held in the portfolio. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling an equivalent value of the bonds owned by the Fund. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of each class of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling bonds with longer maturities and investing in bonds with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

Similarly when the Investment Manager expects that interest rates may decline, the Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against having to make subsequently anticipated purchases of bonds at the higher prices subsequently expected to prevail. Since the fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should be similar to that of the bonds that will be purchased, the Fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the bonds without actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the Fund could make the intended purchase of the bonds in the cash market and the futures contracts could be liquidated.

At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to an interest rate futures contract, adjustments are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract. In some (but not many) cases, securities called for by a futures contract may have a shorter term than the term of the futures contract and, consequently, may not in fact have been issued when the futures contract was entered.

Options. In order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase income or gain, the Fund may purchase put and call options or write “covered” put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies. In addition, in order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase its income, the Fund may purchase put and call options and write “covered” put and call options on securities, indices, currencies and other financial instruments. The Fund may utilize options on currencies in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks. A call option is “covered” if, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of the option, it will: (i) own the underlying investment subject to the option; (ii) own securities convertible or exchangeable without the payment of any consideration into the securities subject to the option; (iii) own a call option on the relevant security or currency with an exercise price no higher than the exercise price on the call option written; or (iv) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value equal to the excess of the value of the security or index that is the subject of the call over the exercise price. A put option is “covered” if, to support its obligation to purchase the underlying investment if a put option that the Fund writes is

 

29

---

exercised, the Fund will either (a) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value at least equal to the exercise price of the underlying investment or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of puts of the same “series” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment having the same exercise prices and expiration dates as those written by the Fund), or an equivalent number of puts of the same “class” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment) with exercise prices greater than those that it has written (or, if the exercise prices of the puts it holds are less than the exercise prices of those it has written, it will deposit the difference with its custodian in a segregated account). Parties to options transactions must make certain payments and/or set aside certain amounts of assets in connection with each transaction, as described below.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, by writing a call, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying investment above the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. By writing a put, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market value of the underlying investment below the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the Fund is required to purchase the underlying investment and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the investment’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the Fund’s acquisition cost of the investment, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the positive difference, if any, between the call price paid to the Fund and the Fund’s acquisition cost of the investment.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, in purchasing a put option, the Fund will seek to benefit from a decline in the market price of the underlying investment, while in purchasing a call option, the Fund will seek to benefit from an increase in the market price of the underlying investment. If an option purchased is not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or if the market price of the underlying investment remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, in the case of a put, or remains equal to or below the exercise price, in the case of a call, during the life of the option, the Fund will lose its investment in the option. For the purchase of an option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying investment must decline sufficiently below the exercise price, in the case of a put, and must increase sufficiently above the exercise price, in the case of a call, to cover the premium and transaction costs.

In the case of certain options on interest rate futures contracts, the Fund may purchase a put option in anticipation of a rise in interest rates, and purchase a call option in anticipation of a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered call option on interest rate futures contracts, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered put option on interest rate futures contracts, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a rise in interest rates.

The Fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The Fund may enter into a closing purchase transaction in which the Fund purchases an option having the same terms as the option it had written or a closing sale transaction in which the Fund sells an option having the same terms as the option it had purchased. A covered option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the underlying security is delivered upon exercise, with the result that the writer will be subject to the risk of market decline in the underlying security during such period. Should the Fund choose to exercise an option, the Fund will purchase in the open market the securities, commodities or commodity futures contracts underlying the exercised option.

Exchange-listed options on securities and currencies, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in

 

30

---

ownership of the new option. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in- the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.

Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below. In addition, many Derivatives involving options require segregation of Fund assets in special accounts.

A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer of the obligation to buy, the underlying security, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. The Fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving the Fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The Fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial futures contract, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but is also applicable to other similar financial intermediaries.

OCC-issued and exchange-listed options, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.

The Fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (1) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (2) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits; (4) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange; (5) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume; or (6) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.

OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (collectively referred to as “Counterparties” and individually referred to as a “Counterparty”) through a direct

 

31

---

bilateral agreement with the Counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all of the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties. It is anticipated that any Fund authorized to use OTC options will generally only enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it will not be required to do so.

Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a Counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Thus, the Investment Manager must assess the creditworthiness of each such Counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met. The Fund will enter into OTC option transactions only with U.S. Government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers,” or broker-dealers, domestic or foreign banks, or other financial institutions that the Investment Manager deems to be creditworthy. In the absence of a change in the current position of the staff of the SEC, OTC options purchased by the Fund and the amount of the Fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by the Fund (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) or the value of the assets held to cover such options will be deemed illiquid.

If the Fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by the Fund or will increase the Fund’s income. Similarly, the sale of put options can also provide gains for the Fund.

The Fund may purchase and sell call options on securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by the Fund must be “covered” (that is, the Fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call), or must otherwise meet the asset segregation requirements described below for so long as the call is outstanding. Even though the Fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the Fund will expose the Fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the Fund to hold a security or instrument that it might otherwise have sold.

The Fund reserves the right to purchase or sell options on instruments and indices which may be developed in the future to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Fund’s investment objective and the restrictions set forth herein.

The Fund may purchase and sell put options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities in its portfolio) and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. In selling put options, the Fund faces the risk that it may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.

(A) Options on Stocks and Stock Indices. The Fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on stocks and stock indices listed on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against movements in the equity markets or to increase income or gain to the Fund. In addition, the Fund may purchase options on stocks that are traded over-the-counter. Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities. However, because options on stock indices do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer cash in an amount equal to a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date. Currently, options traded include the Standard & Poor’s 100 Index of Composite Stocks, Standard & Poor’s 500 Index of Composite Stocks (the “S&P 500 Index”), the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, the American Stock Exchange Market Value Index, the National Over-the-Counter Index and other standard broadly based stock market indices. Options are also traded in certain industry or market segment indices such as the Oil Index, the Computer Technology Index

 

32

---

and the Transportation Index. Stock index options are subject to position and exercise limits and other regulations imposed by the exchange on which they are traded.

If the Investment Manager expects general stock market prices to rise, the Fund might purchase a call option on a stock index or a futures contract on that index as a hedge against an increase in prices of particular equity securities it wants ultimately to buy. If the stock index does rise, the price of the particular equity securities intended to be purchased may also increase, but that increase would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the Fund’s index option or futures contract resulting from the increase in the index. If, on the other hand, the Investment Manager expects general stock market prices to decline, it might purchase a put option or sell a futures contract on the index. If that index does decline, the value of some or all of the equity securities in the Fund’s portfolio may also be expected to decline, but that decrease would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the Fund’s position in such put option or futures contract.

(B) Options on Currencies. The Fund may invest in options on currencies traded on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks or to increase income or gain.

(C) Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies traded on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges, in order to hedge all or a portion of its investments or to increase income or gain and may enter into closing transactions in order to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. An option on a stock index futures contract, interest rate futures contract or currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). While the price of the option is fixed at the point of sale, the value of the option does change daily and the change would be reflected in the net asset value of the Fund.

The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the Fund. If the Fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.

Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions. The Fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps and may purchase or sell (i.e., write) interest rate and equity caps, floors and collars. The Fund expects to enter into these transactions in order to hedge against either a decline in the value of the securities included in the Fund’s portfolio or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to increase income or gain. Interest rate and equity swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount. The purchase of an interest rate or equity cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined level, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity cap. The purchase of an interest rate or equity floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined rate, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity floor. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor which preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of values.

The Fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps, caps, floors and collars on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into

 

33

---

interest rate and equity swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate or equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. If the Fund enters into an interest rate or equity swap on other than a net basis, the Fund will maintain a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the Fund’s obligations with respect to the swap. The Fund will only enter into interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor or collar transactions with counterparties the Investment Manager deems to be creditworthy. The Investment Manager will monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties to its interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor and collar transactions on an ongoing basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The Investment Manager has determined that, as a result, the swap market is liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. To the extent the Fund sells caps, floors and collars it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or, cash equivalents or other liquid high grade debt securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the Fund’s obligations with respect to the caps, floors or collars. The use of interest rate and equity swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Manager is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the Investment Manager is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged.

The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by the Investment Manager based on various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features), and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset the Fund’s rights and obligations relating to the investment). Such determination will govern whether a swap will be deemed within the percentage restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.

The Fund will maintain liquid assets in a segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If the Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement.

There is no limit on the amount of interest rate and equity swap transactions that may be entered into by the Fund. These transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate and equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make, if any. The effective use of swaps and related transactions by the Fund may depend, among other things, on the Fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the Investment Manager deems it desirable to do so. Because swaps and related transactions are bilateral contractual arrangements between the Fund and counterparties to the transactions, the Fund’s ability to terminate such an arrangement may be considerably more limited than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. To the extent the Fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the Fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction. If the other party to a swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss is the net amount of

 

34

---

payments that the Fund contractually is entitled to receive, if any. The Fund may purchase and sell caps, floors and collars without limitation, subject to the segregated account requirement described above.

Indexed Securities. The Fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign currency-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

Combined Transactions. The Fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions, instead of a single Derivative, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the judgment of the Investment Manager, it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions will normally be entered into by the Fund based on the Investment Manager’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the Fund’s objective.

Risk Factors. Derivatives have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the Investment Manager’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of the Derivatives could result in losses greater than if they had not been used. Use of put and call options could result in losses to the Fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than (in the case of put options) or lower than (in the case of call options) current market values, or cause the Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.

The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of the Fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the Fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the Fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although the Fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to the Fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. However, because option premiums paid by the Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. The leverage offered by trading in options could cause the Fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuation than would be the case if the Fund did not invest in options.

As is the case with futures and options strategies, the effective use of swaps and related transactions by the Fund may depend, among other things, on the Fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the Investment Manager deems it desirable to do so. To the extent the Fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a

 

35

---

transaction in a timely manner, the Fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction.

Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in proxy hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Buyers and sellers of currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures contracts generally. Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. Trading options on currency futures contracts is relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on these options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.

Because the amount of interest and/or principal payments which the issuer of indexed securities is obligated to make is linked to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies or other financial indicators, such payments may be significantly greater or less than payment obligations in respect of other types of debt securities. As a result, an investment in indexed securities may be considered speculative. Moreover, the performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of and may be more volatile than the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates.

Losses resulting from the use of Derivatives will reduce the Fund’s net asset value, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if Derivatives had not been used.

Risks of Derivatives Outside the United States. When conducted outside the United States, Derivatives transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. Derivatives also could be adversely affected by: (1) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (2) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States, (3) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during nonbusiness hours in the United States, (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (5) lower trading volume and liquidity.

Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts. Use of many Derivatives by the Fund will require, among other things, that the Fund segregate liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, to the extent the Fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the Fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities, instruments or currency required to be

 

36

---

delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or subcustodian in accordance with established procedures. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the Fund, for example, will require the Fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by the Fund on an index will require the Fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the Fund will require the Fund to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the exercise price. Except when the Fund enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the Fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the Fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid securities denominated in that currency equal to the Fund’s obligations or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the amount of the Fund’s obligations.

OTC options entered into by the Fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indices, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the Fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when the Fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the Fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the Fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery.

In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the Fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. The Fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the Fund’s net obligation, if any.

Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The Fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related Derivatives. The Fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the strike price of a put option sold by the Fund. Moreover, instead of segregating assets if it holds a futures contract or forward contract, the Fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other Derivatives may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.

Structured Instruments

The Fund may invest in structured instruments. Structured instruments generally consist of, but are not limited to, a trust or partnership through which a fund holds an interest in one or more underlying bonds or other debt obligations coupled with a conditional right to sell (“put”) the Fund’s interest in the underlying bonds at par plus accrued interest to a financial institution (a “Liquidity Provider”). With respect to tax-exempt instruments, the instrument is typically structured as a trust or partnership which provides for pass-through tax-exempt income. Structured instruments in which the Fund may invest include: (1) ”Tender Option Bonds”, which are

 

37

---

instruments which grant the holder thereof the right to put an underlying bond at par plus accrued interest at specified intervals to a Liquidity Provider; (2) ”Swap Products”, in which the trust or partnership swaps the payments due on an underlying bond with a swap counterparty who agrees to pay a floating money market interest rate; and (3) ”Partnerships”, which allocate to the partners income, expenses, capital gains and losses in accordance with a governing partnership agreement. Structured instruments may be considered to be derivatives.

Short-Term Investments

In anticipation of or in response to adverse market conditions, for cash management purposes, or for defensive purposes, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its Managed Assets in cash equivalents and short-term fixed-income securities. Short-term fixed income investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

(1) U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government agency securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.

(2) Certificates of Deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current FDIC regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $100,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured.

(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Investment Manager monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Investment Manager does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.

 

38

---

(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a major rating agency and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. The Investment Manager will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity measures) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions. The procedure for the lending of securities will include the following features and conditions. The borrower of the securities will deposit cash or liquid securities with the Fund in an amount equal to a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities lent. The Fund will invest the cash collateral in short-term debt securities or cash equivalents and earn the interest thereon. A negotiated portion of the income so earned may be paid to the borrower and/or the broker who arranged the loan. If the Fund receives securities as collateral, the Fund will receive a fee from the borrower. If the value of the collateral drops below the required minimum at any time, the borrower may be called upon to post additional collateral. If the additional collateral is not paid, the loan will be immediately due and the Fund may use the collateral or its own cash to replace the securities by purchase in the open market charging any loss to the borrower. These will be “demand” loans and may be terminated by the Fund at any time. The Fund will receive any dividends and interest paid on the securities lent and the loans will be structured to assure that the Fund will be able to exercise its voting rights on the securities.

Interest Rate Transactions

In order to reduce the interest rate risk inherent in the Fund’s investments and capital structure, the Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions. The Fund would use interest rate swaps or caps only with the intent to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could have on Common Stock net earnings as a result of leverage.

Interest rate swaps involve the Fund’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty paying the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate all or a portion of the Fund’s variable rate interest payments on Borrowings or any variable rate dividend payment obligation on Preferred Stock. The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap, which will not exceed the amount of the Fund’s leverage. The Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Fund intends to segregate cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the Fund’s net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily. The Fund will treat such amounts as illiquid for purposes of its 15% limit on investments in illiquid securities.

The Fund may use interest rate caps, which would require it to pay a premium to the cap counterparty and would entitle it, to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, to receive payment from the counterparty of the difference based on the notional amount.

The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Fund’s use of interest rate instruments could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Stock. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the net amount receivable by the Fund, if any, under the interest rate swap or cap could decline, and could thus result in a decline in the net

 

39

---

asset value of the Common Stock. In addition, if short-term interest rates are lower than the Fund’s fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will reduce Common Stock net earnings if the Fund must make net payments to the counterparty. If, on the other hand, short-term interest rates are higher than the fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will enhance Common Stock net earnings if the Fund receives net payments from the counterparty. Buying interest rate caps could enhance the performance of the Common Stock by providing a maximum leverage expense. Buying interest rate caps could also decrease the net earnings of the Common Stock in the event that the premium paid by the Fund to the counterparty exceeds the additional interest on Borrowings or amount of dividends on Preferred Stock that the Fund would have been required to pay had it not entered into the cap agreement. The Fund has no current intention of entering into swaps or caps other than as described in this Statement of Additional Information. The Fund would not enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions in an aggregate notional amount that exceeds the outstanding amount of the Fund’s leverage.

Interest rate swaps and caps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the swap or cap to offset the interest payments on Borrowings or the dividend payments on Preferred Stock. Depending on whether the Fund would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap or cap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such a default could negatively impact the performance of the Common Stock.

Although this will not guarantee that the counterparty does not default, the Fund will not enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with any counterparty that the Investment Manager believes does not have the financial resources to honor its obligation under the interest rate swap or cap transaction. Further, the Investment Manager will continually monitor the financial stability of a counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap transaction in an effort to proactively protect the Fund’s investments.

In addition, at the time the interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Fund will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as those of the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the Common Stock.

The Fund may choose or be required to prepay any Borrowings or redeem some or all Preferred Stock. This redemption would likely result in the Fund seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transaction. Such early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund. An early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Fund. There may also be penalties associated with early termination.

The Fund may also purchase and sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge interest rate risk. See “The Fund’s Investments—Investment Strategies—Derivatives” in the Prospectus.

The Fund’s ability to engage in interest rate transactions to hedge interest rate risk may be limited by tax considerations.

 

40

---

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Board of Directors

The overall management of the business and affairs of the Fund is vested in the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is classified, with respect to the time for which Directors severally hold office, into three classes—Class I, Class II and Class III, with the Directors in each Class to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the Class of Directors whose terms expire at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for terms expiring at the later of the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election or the election and qualification of their successors. The terms of office of Class I directors, Class II directors and Class III directors expire at the 2026, 2024 and 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, respectively.

The Directors of the Fund, their ages, their principal occupations during the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of investment companies or portfolios in the Fund Complex that each Director oversees, and the other board memberships held by each Director is set forth below.

 

Name, Address(1) and Age

Position(s) with Fund

Term of Office and Length of Time Served

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

Number of Investment Companies in Fund Complex(2) Overseen by Trustee

Other Trustee Positions Held by Director During Past Five Years

INTERESTED DIRECTOR:

Jane E. Trust, CFA* Born 1962

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Since 2015 Class II

Senior Vice President, Fund Board Management, Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Officer and/or Trustee/Director of 122 funds associated with FTFA or its affiliates (since 2015); President and Chief Executive Officer of FTFA (since 2015); formerly, Senior Managing Director (2018 to 2020) and Managing Director (2016 to 2018) of Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Senior Vice President of FTFA (2015)

115

None

NON-INTERESTED DIRECTORS:

Robert D. Agdern Birth year: 1950

Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Pricing and Valuation Committees, and Compliance Liaison

Since 2015 Class III

Member of the Advisory Committee of the Dispute Resolution Research Center at the Kellogg Graduate School of Business, Northwestern University (2002 to 2016); formerly, Deputy General Counsel responsible for western hemisphere matters for BP PLC (1999 to 2001); Associate General Counsel at Amoco Corporation responsible for corporate, chemical, and refining and marketing matters and special assignments (1993 to 1998) (Amoco merged with British Petroleum in 1998 forming BP PLC)

17

None

 

41

---

Name, Address(1) and Age		Position(s) with Fund		Term of Office and Length of Time Served		Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years		Number of Investment Companies in Fund Complex(2) Overseen by Trustee		Other Trustee Positions Held by Director During Past Five Years
Carol L. Colman Birth year: 1946		Director and Member of Audit and Compensation Committees and Chair of Pricing and Valuation and Nominating Committees		Since 2003 Class I		President, Colman Consulting Co.		17		None
Anthony Grillo** Birth year: 1955		Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Pricing and Valuation Committees		Since 2024 Class I		Retired; Founder, Managing Director and Partner of American Securities Opportunity Funds (private equity and credit firm) (2006 to 2018); formerly, Senior Managing Director of Evercore Partners Inc. (investment banking) (2001 to 2004); Senior Managing Director of Joseph Littlejohn & Levy, Inc. (private equity firm) (1999 to 2001); Senior Managing Director of The Blackstone Group L.P. (private equity and credit firm) (1991 to 1999)		17		Director of Littelfuse, Inc. (electronics manufacturing) (since 1991); formerly, Director of Oaktree Acquisition Corp. II (2020 to 2022); Director of Oaktree Acquisition Corp. (2019 to 2021)
Eileen A. Kamerick Birth year: 1958		Chair and Member of Nominating, Compensation, Pricing and Valuation Committee and Audit Committees		Since 2013 Class III		Chief Executive Officer, The Governance Partners, LLC (consulting firm) (since 2015); National Association of Corporate Directors Board Leadership Fellow (since 2016, with Directorship Certification since 2019) and NACD 2022 Directorship 100 honoree; Adjunct Professor, Georgetown University Law Center (since 2021); Adjunct Professor, The University of Chicago Law School (since 2018); Adjunct Professor, University of Iowa College of Law (since 2007); formerly, Chief Financial Officer, Press Ganey Associates (health care informatics company) (2012 to 2014); Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer, Houlihan Lokey (international investment bank) and President, Houlihan Lokey Foundation (2010 to 2012)		17		Director, VALIC Company I (since October 2022); Director of ACV Auctions Inc. (since 2021); Director of Hochschild Mining plc (precious metals company) (since 2016); Director of Associated Banc-Corp (financial services company) (since 2007); formerly, Trustee of AIG Funds and Anchor Series Trust (2018 to 2021)

 

42

---

Name, Address(1) and Age		Position(s) with Fund		Term of Office and Length of Time Served		Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years		Number of Investment Companies in Fund Complex(2) Overseen by Trustee		Other Trustee Positions Held by Director During Past Five Years
Nisha Kumar Birth year: 1970		Director and Member of Nominating, Compensation and Pricing and Valuation Committees, and Chair of Audit Committee		Since 2019 Class II		Formerly, Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of Greenbriar Equity Group, LP (2011-2021); formerly, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of Rent the Runway, Inc. (2011); Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AOL LLC, a subsidiary of Time Warner Inc. (2007 to 2009). Member of the Council on Foreign Relations		17		Director of The India Fund, Inc. (since 2016); Director, Birkenstock Holdings plc (since 2023); formerly, Director of Aberdeen Income Credit Strategies Fund (2017-2018); and Director of The Asia Tigers Fund, Inc. (2016 to 2018)
Peter Mason** Birth year: 1959		Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Pricing and Valuation Committees		Since 2024 Class III		Arbitrator and Mediator (self-employed) (since 2021); formerly, Global General Counsel of UNICEF (non-governmental organization) (1998-2021)		17		Chairman of University of Sydney USA Foundation (since 2020); Director of the Radio Workshop US, Inc. (since 2023)
Hillary A. Sale** Birth year: 1961		Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Pricing and Valuation Committees		Since 2024 Class I		Agnes Williams Sesquicentennial Professor of Leadership and Corporate Governance, Georgetown Law Center; and Professor of Management, McDonough School of Business (since 2018); formerly, Associate Dean for Strategy, Georgetown Law Center (2020-2023); National Association of Corporate Directors Board Faculty Member (since 2021); formerly, a Member of the Board of Governors of FINRA (2016-2022)		17		Director of CBOE U.S. Securities Exchanges, CBOE Futures Exchange, and CBOE SEF, Director (Since 2022); Advisory Board Member of Foundation Press (academic book publisher) (since 2019); Chair of DirectWomen Board Institute (since 2019); formerly, Member of DirectWomen (nonprofit) (2007-2022)

 

43

---

 

*	Ms. Trust is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act because she is an officer of FTFA and certain of its affiliates.

**	Effective November 15, 2024, Ms. Sale and Messrs. Grillo and Mason became Trustees of the Fund.

(1)	Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of the persons listed above is c/o Chairman of the Fund, Franklin Templeton, 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10018.

(2)	The term “Fund Complex” means two or more registered investment companies that:

(a)

hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services; or

(b)

have a common investment adviser or that have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies.

Each of the Directors has served as a director of the Fund as indicated in the table above. The Directors were selected to join the Board based upon the following as to each Board Member: his or her character and integrity; such person’s service as a board member of other funds in the Franklin Templeton Fund Complex; such person’s willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Director; as to each Director other than Ms. Trust, his or her status as not being an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act; and, as to Ms. Trust, her role with Franklin Templeton. No factor, by itself, was controlling.

In addition to the information provided in the table included above, each Director possesses the following attributes: Mr. Agdern, experience in business and as a legal professional; Ms. Colman, experience as a consultant and investment professional; Mr. Grillo, experience as a managing director of a private equity and credit firm and experience in investment banking; Ms. Kamerick, experience in business and finance, including financial reporting, and experience as a board member of another highly regulated financial services company; Ms. Kumar, financial and accounting experience as the chief financial officer of other companies and experience as a board member of private equity funds; Mr. Mason, legal and managerial experience; Ms. Sale, experience as a college professor and experience as a board member for financial and corporate institutions; and Ms. Trust, investment management and risk oversight experience as an executive and portfolio manager and leadership roles within Franklin Templeton and affiliated entities. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of the Directors are pursuant to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Director as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors is responsible under Maryland law for overseeing generally the management and operations of the Fund. The Directors oversee the Fund’s operations by, among other things, meeting at its regularly scheduled meetings and as otherwise needed with the Fund’s management and evaluating the performance of the Fund’s service providers including FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset, Western Asset London, the custodian and the transfer agent. As part of this process, the Directors consult with the Fund’s independent auditors and with their own separate independent counsel.

The Directors review the Fund’s financial statements, performance, net asset value and market price and the relationship between them, as well as the quality of the services being provided to the Fund. As part of this process, the Directors review the Fund’s fees and expenses in light of the nature, quality and scope of the services being received while also seeking to ensure that the Fund continues to have access to high quality services in the future.

The Board of Directors has four regularly scheduled meetings each year, and additional meetings may be scheduled as needed. In addition, the Board has a standing Audit Committee, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (the “Nominating Committee”), Compensation Committee and Pricing and Valuation Committee that meet periodically and whose responsibilities are described below.

 

44

---

During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, the Board of Directors held four regular meetings. Each Director attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the Board and the committees for which he or she was eligible. The Fund does not have a formal policy regarding attendance by Directors at annual meetings of stockholders.

Each of the Audit Committee, the Nominating Committee, Compensation Committee and Pricing and Valuation Committee is composed of all Directors who have been determined not to be “interested persons” of the Fund, FTFA, Western Asset or their affiliates, within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and who are “independent” as defined in the New York Stock Exchange listing standards (“Independent Directors”), and is chaired by an Independent Director. The Board in its discretion from time to time may establish ad hoc committees.

The Board of Directors is currently comprised of eight directors, seven of whom are Independent Directors. Eileen Kamerick serves as Chair of the Board. Ms. Kamerick is an Independent Director. The appointment of Ms. Kamerick as Chair reflects the Board’s belief that her experience in business and finance, including financial reporting, and experience as a board member of a highly regulated financial services company, facilitates the efficient development of meeting agendas that address the Fund’s business, legal and other needs and the orderly conduct of board meetings. The Chair develops agendas for Board meetings and presides at all meetings of the Board. The Chair also leads executive sessions of the Independent Directors, serves as a spokesperson for the Independent Directors and serves as a liaison between the Independent Directors and the Fund’s management between Board meetings. The Independent Directors regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board also has determined that its leadership structure, as described above, is appropriate in light of the size and complexity of the Fund, the number of Independent Directors (who constitute a super-majority of the Board’s membership) and the Board’s general oversight responsibility. The Board also believes that its leadership structure not only facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Directors from management, including ClearBridge, Western Asset, Western Asset London, the Fund’s subadvisers, but also enhances the independent and orderly exercise of its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

The Fund’s Audit Committee is composed entirely of all of the Independent Directors: Mses. Colman, Kamerick, Kumar and Sale and Messrs. Agdern, Grillo and Mason. Ms. Kumar serves as the Chair of the Audit Committee and has been determined by the Board to be an “audit committee financial expert.” The principal functions of the Audit Committee are: to (a) assist Board oversight of (i) the integrity of the Fund’s financial reporting, (ii) the Fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (iii) the qualifications and independence of the Fund’s independent registered public accountants and (iv) the performance of the Fund’s internal audit function and independent registered public accountants; (b) approve, and recommend to the Independent Board Members (as such term is defined in the Audit Committee Charter) for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, as well as approving the compensation thereof; (c) approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the Fund and certain other persons by the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; and (d) prepare the report required to be prepared by the Audit Committee pursuant to the rules of the SEC for inclusion in the Fund’s annual Proxy Statement. The Audit Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board, a copy of which is available on the Fund’s website at http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds and click on the name of the Fund.

Nominating Committee

The Fund’s Nominating Committee, the principal function of which is to select and nominate candidates for election as Directors of the Fund, is composed of all of the Independent Directors: Mses. Colman, Kamerick, Kumar and Sale and Messrs. Agdern, Grillo and Mason. Ms. Sale serves as the Chair of the Nominating

 

45

---

Committee. The Nominating Committee may consider nominees recommended by the stockholder as it deems appropriate. Stockholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Fund’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Directors. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board of Directors and to serve if elected by the stockholders. The Nominating Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024. The Nominating Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board, a copy of which is available on the Fund’s website at http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds and click on the name of the Fund.

The Nominating Committee identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts, and in its discretion may also engage a professional search firm. The Nominating Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Nominating Committee has not established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Fund’s Directors to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, as set forth in the Nominating Committee Charter, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Director of the Fund, the Nominating Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

•

whether or not the person is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Director of the Fund;

 

•

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with Fund management, the investment manager of the Fund, Fund service providers or their affiliates;

 

•

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

•

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Director of the Fund;

 

•

the contribution which the person can make to the Board and the Fund (or, if the person has previously served as a Director of the Fund, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Committee may consider relevant;

 

•

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

•

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the Fund’s retirement policies.

The Nominating Committee does not have a formal diversity policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying potential director nominees but may consider diversity of professional experience, education and skills when evaluating potential nominees for Board membership.

Pricing and Valuation Committee

The Fund’s Pricing and Valuation Committee is composed of all of the Independent Directors. The members of the Pricing and Valuation Committee are Mses. Colman, Kamerick, Kumar and Sale and Messrs. Agdern, Grillo and Mason. Ms. Colman serves as Chair of the Fund’s Pricing and Valuation Committee. The principal function of the Pricing and Valuation Committee is to assist the Board with its oversight of the process for valuing portfolio securities in light of applicable law, regulatory guidance and applicable policies and procedures adopted by the Fund. The Pricing and Valuation Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024.

 

46

---

Compensation Committee

The Fund’s Compensation Committee is composed entirely of all of the Independent Directors. The members of the Compensation Committee are Mses. Colman, Kamerick, Kumar and Sale and Messrs. Agdern, Grillo and Mason. Mr. Mason serves as Chair of the Fund’s Compensation Committee. The principal function of the Compensation Committee is to recommend the appropriate compensation of the Independent Directors for their service on the Board and the committees of the Board. The Compensation Committee met once during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024. The Compensation Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board, a copy of which is available on the Fund’s website at http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds and click on the name of the Fund.

Risk Oversight

The Board’s role in risk oversight of the Fund reflects its responsibility under Maryland law to oversee generally, rather than to manage, the operations of the Fund. In line with this oversight responsibility, the Board receives reports and makes inquiry at its regular meetings and as needed regarding the nature and extent of significant Fund risks (including investment, compliance and valuation risks) that potentially could have a materially adverse impact on the business operations, investment performance or reputation of the Fund, but relies upon the Fund’s management (including the Fund’s portfolio managers) and Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the Board, and the Investment Manager to assist it in identifying and understanding the nature and extent of such risks and determining whether, and to what extent, such risks may be eliminated or mitigated. In addition to reports and other information received from Fund management and the Investment Manager regarding the Fund’s investment program and activities, the Board as part of its risk oversight efforts meets at its regular meetings and as needed with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer to discuss, among other things, risk issues and issues regarding the policies, procedures and controls of the Fund. The Board may be assisted in performing aspects of its role in risk oversight by the Audit Committee and such other standing or special committees as may be established from time to time by the Board. For example, the Audit Committee of the Board regularly meets with the Fund’s independent public accounting firm to review, among other things, reports on the Fund’s internal controls for financial reporting.

The Board believes that not all risks that may affect the Fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund’s goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Directors as to risk management matters are typically summaries of relevant information and may be inaccurate or incomplete. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.

 

47

---

Security Ownership of Management

The following table provides information concerning the dollar range of equity securities owned beneficially by each Director and nominee for election as Director as of December 31, 2023.

 

Name of Director		Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund ($)				Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by the Director in the Family of Investment Companies(1) ($)
Non-Interested Directors:
Robert D. Agdern			A				D
Carol L. Colman			A				E
Daniel P. Cronin*			E				E
Paolo M. Cucchi*			A				C
Anthony Grillo**			A				A
Eileen Kamerick			C				E
Nisha Kumar			A				A
Peter Mason**			A				A
Hillary Sale**			A				A
Interested Director:
Jane Trust			A				E

 

Key: A: none, B: $1-$10,000, C: $10,001-$50,000, D: $50,001-$100,000, E: over $100,000.

*	Messrs. Cronin and Cucchi resigned from the Board effective December 31, 2024.

**	Effective November 15, 2024, Ms. Sale and Messrs. Grillo and Mason became Directors of the Fund.

(1)	The term “family of investment companies” means any two or more registered investment companies that share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter or hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services.

At December 31, 2023, the nominees, Directors and officers of the Fund as a group beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund’s Common Stock.

No Director or nominee for election as Director who is not an “interested person” of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act, nor any immediate family members, to the best of the Fund’s knowledge, had any interest in the Fund’s investment adviser, or any person or entity (other than the Fund) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Franklin Templeton as of December 31, 2023.

Director Compensation

Under the federal securities laws, and in connection with the Meeting, the Fund is required to provide to stockholders information regarding compensation paid to the Directors by the Fund, as well as by the various other investment companies advised by FTFA. The following table provides information concerning the compensation paid to each Director by the Fund during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 and the total compensation paid to each Director during the calendar year ended December 31, 2024. The Directors listed below are members of the Fund’s Audit, Nominating, Compensation and Pricing and Valuation Committees, as well as committees of the boards of certain other investment companies advised by FTFA. Accordingly, the amounts provided in the table include compensation for service on all such committees. The Fund does not provide any pension or retirement benefits to Directors. In addition, no remuneration was paid during the fiscal

 

48

---

year ended November 30, 2024 by the Fund to Ms. Trust who is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Name of Director		Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for Fiscal Year Ended 11/30/24				Total Compensation from the Fund and Fund Complex(1) for Calendar Year Ended 12/31/2024
Non-Interested Directors:(2)
Robert D. Agdern		$	20,057			$	466,000
Carol L. Colman		$	20,269			$	371,000
Daniel P. Cronin*		$	20,057			$	366,000
Paolo M. Cucchi*		$	20,057			$	366,000
Anthony Grillo**		$	1,133			$	32,989
Eileen A. Kamerick		$	21,756			$	506,000
Nisha Kumar		$	20,906			$	486,000
Peter Mason**		$	1,133			$	32,989
Hillary A. Sale**		$	1,133			$	32,989

 

*	Messrs. Cronin and Cucchi resigned from the Board effective December 31, 2024.

**	Effective November 15, 2024, Ms. Sale and Messrs. Grillo and Mason became Directors of the Fund.

(1)

“Fund Complex” means two or more Funds (a registrant or, where the registrant is a series company, a separate portfolio of the registrant) that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services or have a common investment adviser or have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other Funds.

(2)	Each Non-Interested Director currently holds 17 investment company directorships within this Fund Complex.

Officers of the Fund

The Fund’s executive officers are elected each year at a regular meeting of the Board to hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. Officers of the Fund receive no compensation from the Fund, although they may be reimbursed by the Fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings. In addition to Ms. Trust, the Fund’s CEO and President, the executive officers of the Fund currently are:

 

Name, Address and Age		Position(s) with Fund		Term of Office and Length of Time Served		Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Fred Jensen Franklin Templeton 280 Park Avenue New York, NY 10017 Birth Year: 1963		Chief Compliance Officer		Since 2020		Director - Global Compliance of Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (2006 to 2020); Director of Compliance, Legg Mason Office of the Chief Compliance Officer (2006 to 2020); formerly, Chief Compliance Officer of Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation (prior to 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of Legg Mason Private Portfolio Group (prior to 2013); formerly, Chief Compliance Officer of The Reserve Funds (investment adviser, funds and broker-dealer) (2004) and Ambac Financial Group (investment adviser, funds and broker-dealer) (2000 to 2003).

 

49

---

Name, Address and Age		Position(s) with Fund		Term of Office and Length of Time Served		Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Marc A. De Oliveira Franklin Templeton 100 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902 Birth year: 1971		Secretary and Chief Legal Officer		Since 2023		Associate General Counsel of Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2020); Assistant Secretary of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director (2016 to 2020) and Associate General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2020).
Thomas C. Mandia Franklin Templeton 100 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902 Birth Year: 1962		Senior Vice President		Since 2022		Senior Associate General Counsel of Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Secretary of FTFA (since 2006); Assistant Secretary of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006); Secretary of LM Asset Services, LLC (“LMAS”) (since 2002) and Legg Mason Fund Asset Management, Inc. (“LMFAM”) (since 2013) (formerly registered investment advisers); formerly, Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2020) and Assistant Secretary of certain funds in the fund complex (2006 to 2022)
Jeanne M. Kelly Franklin Templeton 280 Park Avenue New York, NY 10017 Birth Year: 1951		Senior Vice President		Since 2009		U.S. Fund Board Team Manager, Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Senior Vice President of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); Senior Vice President of the Manager (since 2006); President and Chief Executive Officer of LMAS and LMFAM (since 2015); formerly, Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005 to 2020); Senior Vice President of LMFAM (2013 to 2015)
Christopher Berarducci Franklin Templeton 280 Park Avenue New York, NY 10017 Birth year: 1974		Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer		Since 2019		Vice President, Fund Administration and Reporting, Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Treasurer (since 2010) and Principal Financial Officer (since 2019) of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Managing Director (2020), Director (2015 to 2020), and Vice President (2011 to 2015) of Legg Mason & Co.

 

50

---

INVESTMENT MANAGER

Investment Manager and Subadviser

The Fund retains FTFA to act as its investment manager. FTFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Templeton. FTFA serves as the investment manager to numerous individuals and institutions and other investment companies. The investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) between FTFA and the Fund provides that FTFA will manage the operations of the Fund, subject to the supervision, direction and approval of the Fund’s Board of Directors and the objective and the policies stated in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, FTFA manages the Fund’s investment portfolio, directs purchases and sales of portfolio securities and reports thereon to the Fund’s officers and Directors regularly. FTFA also provides the office space, facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to perform the following services for the Fund: SEC compliance, including record keeping, reporting requirements and registration statements and proxies; supervision of Fund operations, including coordination of functions of the transfer agent, custodian, accountants, counsel and other parties performing services or operational functions for the Fund; and certain administrative and clerical services, including certain accounting services and maintenance of certain books and records.

Advisory Fee.

 

		Fiscal Year or Period Ended November 30,
		2024				2023				2022				2021				2020				2019
The Fund paid FTFA approximate fees of		$	[●]			$	[●]			$	[●]			$	[●]			$	[●]			$	[●]

Pursuant to a subadvisory agreement (the “ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement”), subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board and FTFA, ClearBridge will manage the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund. ClearBridge is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Templeton. Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other funds or accounts managed by ClearBridge. Such other funds or accounts may also invest in the same securities as the Fund. If those funds or accounts are prepared to invest in, or desire to dispose of, the same security at the same time as the Fund, however, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and accounts in a manner deemed equitable to all. In some cases, this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position obtained for or disposed of by the Fund or the price paid or received by the Fund. In addition, because of different investment objectives, a particular security may be purchased for one or more funds or accounts when one or more funds or accounts are selling the same security.

Pursuant to a subadvisory agreement (the “Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement”), subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board and FTFA, Western Asset will manage the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund. Western Asset is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Templeton. Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other funds or accounts managed by Western Asset. Such other funds or accounts may also invest in the same securities as the Fund. If those funds or accounts are prepared to invest in, or desire to dispose of, the same security at the same time as the Fund, however, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and accounts in a manner deemed equitable to all. In some cases, this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position obtained for or disposed of by the Fund or the price paid or received by the Fund. In addition, because of different investment objectives, a particular security may be purchased for one or more funds or accounts when one or more funds or accounts are selling the same security.

 

51

---

In connection with Western Asset’s service to the Fund, Western Asset London provides certain subadvisory services to the Fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement with Western Asset (“Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement”). Western Asset London is responsible, generally, for managing investments denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Western Asset London was founded in 1984 and has offices at 10 Exchange Square, Primrose Street, London EC2A2EN. Western Asset pays Western Asset London a fee for its services at no additional expense to the Fund.

Each of the Management Agreement, the ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement, the Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement and the Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement had an initial term of two years and continues in effect from year to year thereafter if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, and in either event, by a majority of the disinterested Directors of the Board with such disinterested Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board of Directors or the holders of a majority of the Fund’s shares may terminate the Management Agreement on 60 days’ written notice without penalty and FTFA may terminate the agreement on 90 days’ written notice without penalty. The Management Agreement terminates automatically in the event of an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement and the Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated without penalty by the Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by ClearBridge or Western Asset, respectively, upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to the Fund and FTFA, and will be terminated upon the mutual written consent of FTFA and ClearBridge, or FTFA and Western Asset, respectively. The ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement and the Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement terminate automatically in the event of an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated without penalty by the Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to Western Asset London, or by Western Asset London upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to the Fund and FTFA, and will be terminated upon the mutual written consent of FTFA and Western Asset London. The Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

Under the terms of the Management Agreement, the ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement, the Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement and the Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement, none of FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset or Western Asset London, respectively, will be liable for losses or damages incurred by the Fund, unless such losses or damages are attributable to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset or Western Asset London, as the case may be, or from reckless disregard by them of their obligations and duties under the relevant agreement.

Western Asset London is a corporation organized under the laws of England. Western Asset London is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended and has irrevocably designated the Secretary of the SEC, as its agent to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding to enforce the provisions of U.S. securities laws. There can be no assurance that Western Asset London will have any assets in the United States that could be attached in connection with any action, suit or proceeding. In addition, it may not be possible to enforce judgments of U.S. courts or liabilities in original actions predicated upon civil liability provisions of U.S. law in foreign courts against Western Asset London.

Codes of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the Fund, FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset London have each adopted codes of ethics that permit their respective personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

 

52

---

When personnel covered by the Fund’s Code of Ethics are employed by more than one of the managers affiliated with Franklin Templeton, those employees may be subject to such affiliate’s Code of Ethics adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1, rather than the Fund’s Code of Ethics.

Copies of the Codes of Ethics of the Fund, FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset London are on file with the SEC. These Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information relating to the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. Such materials are also available on EDGAR on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov, or make a request in writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Proxy Voting Policies

Although individual Directors may not agree with particular policies or votes by FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset or Western Asset London, the Fund’s Board of Directors has delegated proxy voting discretion to FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and/or Western Asset London, believing that FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and/or Western Asset London should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

FTFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the Fund to ClearBridge and Western Asset through its contract with ClearBridge and Western Asset, respectively. With respect to assets that are allocated to Western Asset London, Western Asset delegates responsibility for voting proxies to Western Asset London. Each of ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset London will use their own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, FTFA does not expect to have proxy voting responsibility for the Fund. Should FTFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of ClearBridge, Western Asset or the Western Asset London to provide investment advisory services, FTFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of FTFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at FTFA) and the Fund, the Board of Directors of FTFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. FTFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that FTFA votes proxies. FTFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset London and providing them to the Fund as required for the Fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

FTFA’s proxy voting policy governs in determining how proxies relating to the Fund’s portfolio securities are voted and is attached as Appendix B hereto. ClearBridge’s proxy voting policy is attached as Appendix C hereto. Western Asset’s proxy voting policy is attached as Appendix D hereto. The proxy voting policy of Western Asset London is attached hereto as Appendix D. Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge (1) by calling 888-425-6432, (2) on the Fund’s website at http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov on Form N-PX.

 

53

---

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Unless otherwise indicated, the information below is provided as of the date of this SAI.

The table below identifies the number of accounts (other than the Fund) for which the Fund’s portfolio managers have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories, as of November 30, 2024: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance is also indicated.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager		Type of Account		Number of Accounts Managed		Total Assets Managed		Number of Accounts Managed for which Advisory Fee is Performance- Based		Assets Managed for which Advisory Fee is Performance- Based
Ryan Brist‡		Other Registered Investment Companies		29		$13.33 billion		None		None
		Other Pooled Vehicles		24		$13.45 billion		None		None
		Other Accounts		153		$64.28 billion		5		$1.38 billion
Michael Buchanan‡		Other Registered Investment Companies		72		$90.12 billion		None		None
		Other Pooled Vehicles		249		$56.52 billion		20		$2.43 billion
		Other Accounts		499		$156.83 billion		17		$9.79 billion
Mark Lindbloom‡		Other Registered Investment Companies		20		$19.61 billion		None		None
		Other Pooled Vehicles		26		$10.65 billion		None		None
		Other Accounts		161		$52.60 billion		1		$24 million
Christopher Kilpatrick‡		Other Registered Investment Companies		8		$3.16 billion		None		None
		Other Pooled Vehicles		6		$478 million		3		$331 million
		Other Accounts		None		None		None		None
Patrick McElroy		Other Registered Investment Companies		3		$2.10 billion		None		None
		Other Pooled Vehicles		3		$1.37 billion		None		None
		Other Accounts		1,538		$590 million		None		None
Peter Vanderlee		Other Registered Investment Companies		8		$12.07 billion		None		None
		Other Pooled Vehicles		5		$1.54 billion		None		None
		Other Accounts		56,912		$22.86 billion		None		None

 

‡	The numbers above reflect the overall number of portfolios managed by employees of Western Asset.

Investment Professional Compensation (Western Asset)

Investment Professional Compensation Structure

In this subsection and the next subsection titled “Conflicts of Interest”, “Subadviser” refers to Western Asset Management Company, LLC.

With respect to the compensation of the Fund’s investment professionals, the Subadviser’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation range, which is derived from annual market surveys that

 

54

---

benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits and a retirement plan.

In addition, the Subadviser’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the Subadviser, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. The principal factor considered is an investment professional’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (e.g., a securities index and with respect to the Fund, the benchmark set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus to which the Fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the Fund’s annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensation—with 3 and 5 years having a larger emphasis. The Subadviser may also measure an investment professional’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because investment professionals are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the Fund) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account. Other factors that may be considered when making bonus decisions include client service, business development, length of service to the Subadviser, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to the Subadviser’s business.

Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all investment professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These are determined based upon the factors described above and include long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.

Conflicts of Interest

The Subadviser has adopted compliance policies and procedures to address a wide range of potential conflicts of interest that could directly impact client portfolios. For example, potential conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios (including portfolios managed in a personal capacity). These could include potential conflicts of interest related to the knowledge and timing of a portfolio’s trades, investment opportunities and broker selection. Portfolio managers are privy to the size, timing, and possible market impact of a portfolio’s trades.

It is possible that an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a portfolio and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the portfolio and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a portfolio and another account. A conflict may arise where the portfolio manager may have an incentive to treat an account preferentially as compared to a portfolio because the account pays a performance-based fee or the portfolio manager, the Subadviser or an affiliate has an interest in the account. The Subadviser has adopted procedures for allocation of portfolio transactions and investment opportunities across multiple client accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time. Eligible accounts that can participate in a trade generally share the same price on a pro-rata allocation basis, taking into account differences based on factors such as cash availability, investment restrictions and guidelines, and portfolio composition versus strategy.

With respect to securities transactions, the Subadviser determines which broker or dealer to use to execute each order, consistent with their duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment companies and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), the Subadviser may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or dealers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker or dealer. In these cases, trades for a portfolio in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of a portfolio or

 

55

---

the other account(s) involved. Additionally, the management of multiple portfolios and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or other account. The Subadviser’s team approach to portfolio management and block trading approach seeks to limit this potential risk.

The Subadviser also maintains a gift and entertainment policy to address the potential for a business contact to give gifts or host entertainment events that may influence the business judgment of an employee. Employees are permitted to retain gifts of only a nominal value and are required to make reimbursement for entertainment events above a certain value. All gifts (except those of a de minimis value) and entertainment events that are given or sponsored by a business contact are required to be reported in a gift and entertainment log which is reviewed on a regular basis for possible issues.

Employees of the Subadviser have access to transactions and holdings information regarding client accounts and the Subadviser’s overall trading activities. This information represents a potential conflict of interest because employees may take advantage of this information as they trade in their personal accounts. Accordingly, the Subadviser maintains a Code of Ethics that is compliant with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act to address personal trading. In addition, the Code of Ethics seeks to establish broader principles of good conduct and fiduciary responsibility in all aspects of the Subadviser’s business. The Code of Ethics is administered by the Legal and Compliance Department and monitored through the Subadviser’s compliance monitoring program.

The Subadviser may also face other potential conflicts of interest with respect to managing client assets, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist. The Subadviser also maintains a compliance monitoring program and engages independent auditors to conduct a SOC1/ISAE 3402 audit on an annual basis. These steps help to ensure that potential conflicts of interest have been addressed.

Portfolio Manager Compensation (ClearBridge)

Investment Professional Compensation Structure

In this subsection and the next subsection titled “Potential Conflicts of Interest”, “Subadviser” refers to ClearBridge Investments, LLC.

The Subadviser’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is designed to attract and retain outstanding investment professionals and closely align the interests of its investment professionals with those of its clients and overall firm results. The total compensation program includes a significant incentive component that rewards high performance standards, integrity, and collaboration consistent with the firm’s values. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market and to ensure the continued alignment with the goals stated above. A portion of annual bonuses is deferred into compensation plans that vest over the course of several years after the grant date. Deferrals are tied to portfolio performance, ClearBridge equity products, and Franklin Resources, Inc. stock.

The Subadviser’s portfolio managers and other investment professionals receive a combination of base compensation and discretionary compensation, comprising a cash incentive award and deferred incentive plans described below.

Base salary compensation. Base salary is fixed and primarily determined based on market factors and the experience and responsibilities of the investment professional within the firm.

Discretionary compensation. In addition to base compensation managers may receive discretionary compensation.

 

56

---

Discretionary compensation can include:

 

•

Cash Incentive Award

 

•

The Subadviser’s Deferred Incentive Plan (CDIP)—a mandatory program that typically defers 15% of discretionary year-end compensation into the Subadviser’s managed products. For portfolio managers, one-third of this deferral tracks the performance of their primary managed product, one-third tracks the performance of a composite portfolio of the firm’s new product and one-third can be elected to track the performance of one or more of the Subadviser’s managed funds. Consequently, portfolio managers can have two-thirds of their CDIP award tracking the performance of their primary managed products. For centralized research analysts, two-thirds of their deferral is elected to track the performance of one of more of Subadviser’s managed funds, while one-third tracks the performance of the new product composite. The Subadviser then makes a company investment in the proprietary managed funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the balance sheet and paid out to the employees in the shares subject to vesting requirements.

 

•

Franklin Resources Restricted Stock Deferral—a mandatory program that typically defers 5% of discretionary year-end compensation into Franklin Resources, Inc. restricted stock. The award is paid out to employees in shares subject to vesting requirements.

Several factors are considered by the Subadviser’s Senior Management when determining discretionary compensation for portfolio managers. These include but are not limited to:

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the Fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the Fund’s portfolio managers.

The Subadviser and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the Subadviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, the Subadviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The Subadviser has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the Subadviser and the Fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies an investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. The Subadviser has adopted policies and procedures to ensure that all accounts, including the Fund, are treated equitably.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

 

57

---

Selection of Broker/Dealers. In addition to executing trades, some broker/dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. For this reason, the Subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee (and the percentage paid to the Subadviser) differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others.

The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The portfolio managers held the following amounts of securities of the Fund as of November 30, 2024.

 

Portfolio Manager		Dollar Range of Securities Beneficially Owned ($)
Ryan Brist			A
Michael Lindbloom			A
Michael Buchanan			A
Patrick McElroy			A
Peter Vanderlee			F
Christopher Kilpatrick			A

Dollar Range ownership is as follows:

A: none

B: $1 - $10,000

C: 10,001 - $50,000

D: $50,001 - $100,000

E: $100,001 - $500,000

F: $500,001 - $1 million

G: over $1 million

 

58

---

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

The Fund does not have an obligation to deal with any brokers or dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to policy established by the Board of Directors, ClearBridge and Western Asset are responsible for the Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the Fund’s portfolio transactions.

Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price, which may include dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Fund to obtain the best results taking into account the general execution and operational facilities of the broker or dealer, the type of transaction involved and other factors such as the risk of the broker or dealer in positioning the securities involved. While FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset London generally seek the best price in placing orders, the Fund may not necessarily be paying the lowest price available. Subject to seeking the best price and execution, securities firms which provide supplemental research to FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset or Western Asset London may receive orders for transactions by the Fund. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset or Western Asset London under the Management Agreement, the ClearBridge Subadvisory Agreement, the Western Asset Subadvisory Agreement or Western Asset London Subadvisory Agreement, and the expenses of FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset or Western Asset London will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental information.

The Fund expects that all portfolio transactions will be effected on a principal basis and, accordingly, does not expect to pay any brokerage commissions. To the extent the Fund does effect brokerage transactions, affiliated persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or affiliated persons of such persons, may from time to time be selected to perform brokerage services for the Fund, subject to the considerations discussed above, but are prohibited by the 1940 Act from dealing with the Fund as principal in the purchase or sale of securities. In order for such an affiliated person to be permitted to effect any portfolio transactions for the Fund, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by such affiliated person must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold during a comparable period of time. This standard would allow such an affiliated person to receive no more than the remuneration which would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated broker in a commensurate arm’s-length transaction.

Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those for other funds and accounts advised or managed by FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset or Western Asset London or their affiliates. Such other funds and accounts may also invest in the same securities as the Fund. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of the Fund and another fund or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price, and available investments allocated as to amount, in a manner which FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset or Western Asset London believes to be equitable to the Fund and such other fund or account. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtained or sold by the Fund. To the extent permitted by law, FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset or Western Asset London may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for other funds and accounts in order to obtain best execution.

Although the Fund does not have any restrictions on portfolio turnover, it is not the Fund’s policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. It is expected that the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Fund will not exceed 100%. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of sales or purchases of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater transaction costs than a lower rate, which costs are borne by the Fund and their stockholders.

 

59

---

NET ASSET VALUE

The Fund determines the net asset value of its Common Stock on each day the NYSE is open for business, as of the close of the customary trading session (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time), or any earlier closing time that day. The Fund determines the net asset value per share of Common Stock by dividing the value of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets (including the value of derivatives and interest accrued but not collected) less all its liabilities (including accrued expenses, the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stocks and dividends payable) by the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Securities are valued at the mean between the last quoted bid and asked prices provided by an independent pricing service that are based on transactions in corporate fixed income securities, quotations from corporate bond dealers, market transactions in comparable securities and various other relationships between securities. The Fund values portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available at the last reported sales price or official closing price on the primary market or exchange on which they trade. Under the Fund’s valuation policies and procedures, the Fund values its short-term investments at amortized cost when the security has 60 days or less to maturity which the Board of Directors believes under normal circumstances represents the fair value of those securities. Determination of the Common Stock’s net asset value is made in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The Fund values all other securities and assets at their fair value. If events occur that materially affect the value of a security between the time trading ends on the security and the close of the customary trading session of the NYSE, the Fund may value the security at its fair value as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors. The effect of using fair value pricing is that the Common Stock’s net asset value will be subject to the judgment of the Board of Directors or its designee instead of being determined by the market.

Any swap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating net asset value. Any cap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to the Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.

 

60

---

GENERAL INFORMATION

Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws

The Charter includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving Common Stockholders of opportunities to sell their Common Stock at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Stock. As described more completely in the Prospectus, starting with the first annual meeting of stockholders, the Charter divided the Directors into three classes of approximately equal size. As a result of this staggered structure of the Board of Directors, it would take a minimum of two years for other entities or groups of persons to gain a majority of seats on the Board of Directors. In addition, the Bylaws require that stockholders provide advance notice to the Fund in order to nominate candidates for election to the Board or to bring proposals before the annual meeting of stockholders. This prevents other entities or groups of persons from nominating Directors or raising proposals during an annual meeting of stockholders unless they have provided such advance notice to the Fund.

 

61

---

REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES; CONVERSION TO AN OPEN-END FUND

Although it is under no obligation to do so, the Fund reserves the right to repurchase the Common Stock on the open market in accordance with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of stock or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance Common Stock repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of Common Stock repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s net income. Any Common Stock repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board of Directors would also have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

The repurchase by the Fund of shares of its Common Stock at prices below net asset value may result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that Common Stock repurchases or tenders at or below net asset value will result in shares of the Fund’s Common Stock trading at a price equal to their net asset value. In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Stock will decrease the Fund’s total assets, which would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio.

If the Fund converted to an open-end investment company, the Common Stock would no longer be listed on the NYSE. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, stockholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption. In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end investment companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end investment companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management.

 

62

---

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Set forth below is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax aspects concerning the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of Common Stock. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion applies only to U.S. stockholders that hold Common Stock as capital assets. A U.S. stockholder is a Common Stockholder who is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a U.S. corporation, (iii) a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person, or (iv) any estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors therein), U.S. stockholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold Common Stock as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal estate or gift taxes or the application of the Medicare tax on net investment income or any U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with regard to the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of Common Stock, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation of the Fund

The Fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code.

To qualify under Subchapter M for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.

If the Fund fails to satisfy as of the close of any quarter the asset diversification test referred to in the preceding paragraph, it will have 30 days to cure the failure by, for example, selling securities that are the source of the violation. Other cure provisions are available in the Code for a failure to satisfy the asset diversification test, but any such cure provision may involve the payment of a penalty excise tax.

 

63

---

As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its stockholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and its net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. The Fund intends to distribute to its stockholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid U.S. federal income tax.

Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, dividends declared in October, November or December, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in one of those months, and paid during the following January, will be treated as having been distributed by the Fund (and received by stockholders) on December 31 of the year in which declared.

If the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including distributions of net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its stockholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to stockholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other non-corporate stockholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate stockholders. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would be required to distribute to its stockholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then the Fund would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of 5 years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

The following discussion assumes that the Fund qualifies as a RIC and satisfies the 90% distribution requirement for each taxable year.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion of “qualified dividend income” below, distributions to Common Stockholders by the Fund of its net investment income (including accrued market discount), and of net short-term capital gains, if any, realized by the Fund will generally be taxable to Common Stockholders as ordinary income to the extent such distributions are paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions, if any, of net capital gains properly reported as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the Common Stockholder has owned Common Stock. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be treated by a Common Stockholder as a return of capital which will be applied against and reduce the Common Stockholder’s basis in its Common Stock. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the Common Stockholder’s basis in its Common Stock, the excess will be treated by the Common Stockholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the Common Stock.

 

64

---

A portion of the dividends paid by the Fund to corporate stockholders, to the extent attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations (not including corporations qualifying as REITs) and properly reported by the Fund, may be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction allowed to corporations under the Code. In addition, distributions by the Fund to its stockholders that the Fund properly reports as derived from “qualified dividend income” are taxed to individual or other non-corporate stockholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends received from domestic corporations and dividends received from foreign corporations that meet certain specified criteria. Certain holding period and other requirements must be met by both the stockholder and the Fund for distributions to be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction or the preferential tax rates that apply to qualified dividend income, as the case may be.

Distributions by the Fund to its stockholders that the Fund properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” as defined below, are treated as qualified REIT dividends in the hands of individual or other non-corporate stockholders. Non-corporate stockholders are generally permitted a U.S. federal income tax deduction equal to 20% of qualified REIT dividends received by them. Very generally, a “section 199A dividend” is any dividend or portion thereof that is attributable to certain dividends received by the Fund from REITs (other than capital gain dividends), to the extent such dividends are properly reported as such by the Fund in a written notice to its stockholders. Certain holding period and other requirements must be met by both the stockholder and the Fund for distributions to be eligible for treatment as qualified REIT dividends.

Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional Common Stock pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Common Stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional Common Stock will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, unless the Fund issues additional Common Stock with a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value, in which case such Common Stockholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed Common Stock . The additional Common Stock received by a Common Stockholder pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the Common Stock is credited to the Common Stockholder’s account.

Certain distributions reported by the Fund as Section 163(j) interest dividends may be eligible to be treated as interest income by stockholders for purposes of the tax rules applicable to interest expense limitations under Section 163(j) of the Code. Such treatment by the stockholder is generally subject to holding period requirements and other potential limitations. The amount that the Fund is eligible to report as a Section 163(j) dividend for a tax year is generally limited to the excess of the Fund’s business interest income over the sum of the Fund’s (i) business interest expense and (ii) other deductions properly allocable to the Fund’s business interest income. There can be no assurance that the Fund will report any distributions as Section 163(j) interest dividends.

The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a written notice to its stockholders, who will be treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each Common Stockholder will (i) be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for its Common Stock by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

The IRS currently requires that a RIC that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income based upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Fund issues Preferred Stock, the Fund intends to allocate capital gain dividends, dividends qualifying for the corporate dividends received deduction, dividends derived from qualified dividend income and section 199A dividends, if any, between its Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year. However, any distributions in

 

65

---

excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits would not be allocated proportionately between the Fund’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock. Since the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits would first be used to pay dividends on its Preferred Stock, distributions in excess of such earnings and profits, if any, would be made disproportionately to holders of Common Stock.

Stockholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal tax status of distributions.

Sale or Exchange of Common Stock

Upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock, a Common Stockholder will generally realize a capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the Common Stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Stock. Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the Common Stockholder’s holding period for the Common Stock. Generally, a Common Stockholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Common Stock has been held for more than one year. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, however, long-term capital gains are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation.

No loss will be allowed on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock if the owner acquires (including pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan) or enters into a contract or option to acquire securities that are substantially identical to such Common Stock within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the securities acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Losses realized by a Common Stockholder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock held for six months or less are treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gain received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such Common Stock.

Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to Common Stock of $2 million or more for an individual stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder, the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to stockholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Nature of the Fund’s Investments

Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) convert dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income into ordinary income, (ii) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such treatment, (iii) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (iv) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (v) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (vi) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vii) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (viii) adversely alter the intended characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (ix) produce income that will not be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above.

These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to Common Stockholders and the Fund’s status as a RIC. The Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.

 

66

---

REITs

The Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income. Certain distributions made by the Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from REITs may qualify as “qualified REIT dividends” in the hands of non-corporate stockholders, as discussed above.

Below Investment Grade Instruments

The Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets in below investment grade (high yield) instruments, commonly known as “high yield” instruments. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, to the extent necessary, to preserve its status as a RIC and to distribute sufficient income to not become subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Original Issue Discount

Investments by the Fund in debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as zero coupon securities, debt instruments with PIK interest, step-up bonds or other discount securities) will result in income to the Fund equal to the accrued original issue discount each year during which the Fund holds the securities, even if the Fund receives no cash interest payments. If the Fund purchases debt instruments as part of a package of investments where the Fund also invests in common stock, other equity securities or warrants, the Fund might be required to accrue original issue discount in an amount equal to the value of such common stock, other equity securities or warrants (even if the face amount of such debt instruments does not exceed the Fund’s purchase price for such package of investments). Any original issue discount might reflect doubt as to whether the entire principal amount of a debt obligation will ultimately prove to be collectible. The Fund will, however, generally be required to recognize any accrued original issue discount based on the assumption that all future projected payments due on such debt obligation will be made. Original issue discount is included in determining the amount of income which the Fund must distribute to maintain its qualification for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs and to avoid the payment of U.S. federal income tax and the nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Fund, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its stockholders.

Market Discount Securities

In general, the Fund will be treated as having acquired a debt instrument in the secondary market with market discount if its stated redemption price at maturity (or, in the case of a debt instrument issued with original issue discount, its revised issue price) exceeds the Fund’s initial tax basis in the debt instrument by an amount equal to or greater than a statutory de minimis amount. The discount at which such debt instruments are acquired may reflect doubts about their ultimate collectability rather than current market interest rates. The amount of such discount (other than de minimis discount) will nevertheless generally be treated as market discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Market discount on a debt instrument accrues ratably on a daily basis, unless an election is made to accrue market discount on the basis of the constant yield to maturity of the debt instrument, in each case based generally on the assumption that all future payments on the debt instrument will be made. The Fund has made an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, and accrued market discount for a debt instrument will generally have to be included in income each year as if the debt instrument were assured of

 

67

---

ultimately being collected in full. Accrued market discount is included in determining the amount of income which the Fund must distribute to maintain its qualification for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs and to avoid the payment of U.S. federal income tax and the nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Fund, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its stockholders.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

The Fund may invest in shares of foreign companies that are classified under the Code as passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a foreign company is considered a PFIC in any taxable year if at least 50% of the average value of its assets constitute investment-type assets or 75% or more of its gross income is investment-type income. The Fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” received from a PFIC or gain from the disposition of shares of a PFIC even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Under the general PFIC rules, an “excess distribution” received with respect to PFIC shares is treated as having been realized ratably over the period during which the Fund held the PFIC shares.

The Fund may be eligible to elect alternative tax treatment with respect to PFIC shares. Under one such election (i.e., a “QEF” election), the Fund generally would be required to include in its gross income its share of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gains on a current basis, regardless of whether any distributions are received from the PFIC. Alternatively, the Fund may be able to elect to mark its PFIC shares to market, resulting in any unrealized gains at the Fund’s tax year end being treated as though they were recognized and reported as ordinary income. Any mark-to-market losses and any loss from an actual disposition of the PFIC shares would be deductible as ordinary losses to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains included in income in prior tax years with respect to the PFIC shares. Under either election, the Fund might be required to recognize income in a year in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the 90% distribution requirement and would be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax (described above). Dividends paid by PFICs will not be treated as qualified dividend income.

Stock Dividends

In certain circumstances, the Fund may make distributions of its Common Stock to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Fund’s status as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes. Under IRS Revenue Procedure 2017-45, the Fund may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash or Common Stock at the election of each Common Stockholder, with up to 80% of the aggregate of any taxable dividends payable in the Fund’s Common Stock and the 20% or greater balance paid in cash. Common Stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as taxable income to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Common Stockholders may be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. It is unclear whether and to what extent the Fund will be able to pay taxable dividends in cash and Common Stock (whether pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2017-45 or otherwise).

Currency Fluctuations

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts,

 

68

---

certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Foreign Taxes

Income, gains and proceeds received by the Fund from investments in securities of issuers organized in foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the end of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its stockholders the amount of foreign taxes paid by the Fund. If the Fund so elects, each stockholder would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, its pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having paid its pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount as a foreign tax credit against U.S. federal income tax (but not both). For purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation rules of the Code, each stockholder would treat as foreign source income its pro rata share of such foreign taxes paid by the Fund. A stockholder’s ability to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by the Fund is subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, which may result in the stockholder not receiving a full credit or deduction (if any) for the amount of such taxes. No deduction for foreign taxes could be claimed by a non-corporate stockholder who does not itemize deductions. Each stockholder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the potential application of foreign tax credits.

Preferred Stocks or Borrowings

If the Fund utilizes leverage through the issuance of Preferred Stock or borrowings, it may be restricted by certain covenants with respect to the declaration of, and payment of, dividends on Common Stock in certain circumstances. Limits on the Fund’s payments of dividends on Common Stock may prevent the Fund from meeting the distribution requirements described above, and may, therefore, jeopardize the Fund’s qualification for taxation as a RIC and possibly subject the Fund to the 4% excise tax. The Fund will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to make dividend payments.

Backup Withholding

The Fund may be required to withhold from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to U.S. stockholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain stockholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against the stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Stockholders

U.S. taxation of a stockholder who is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate or a foreign corporation, as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “foreign stockholder”), depends on whether the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the stockholder.

If the income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the foreign stockholder, distributions of investment company taxable income (including any distributions payable in Common Stock) will be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate), which tax is generally withheld from such distributions. However, dividends paid by the Fund that are “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” will generally be exempt from such withholding, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such dividends to stockholders. For these purposes, interest-related dividends and short-term

 

69

---

capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the source if received directly by a foreign stockholder, and that satisfy certain other requirements. A foreign stockholder whose income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock. However, a foreign stockholder who is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements will nevertheless be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% on such capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains and gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock.

If the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign stockholder, then distributions of investment company taxable income, any capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate stockholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

Special tax rules would apply to foreign stockholders if the Fund is either a “United States real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition thereof. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds “United States real property interests” (“USRPIs”) the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Under the special tax rules, certain distributions by the Fund to foreign stockholders could be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax. Furthermore, such foreign stockholders may be required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on such distributions (and, in certain cases, gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock) at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The Fund does not expect these special tax rules to apply.

The Fund may be required to withhold from distributions to foreign stockholders that are otherwise exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the foreign stockholder certifies its foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.

The tax consequences to a foreign stockholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Foreign stockholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends that the Fund pays to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its “United States account” holders (as specifically defined in the Code) and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial United States owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. In addition, foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding FATCA and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of Common Stock.

 

70

---

Other Taxation

Common Stockholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their Fund distributions. Common Stockholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

 

71

---

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. The Fund currently has no control person. To the Fund’s knowledge, no person owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s outstanding equity securities. As a group, the Fund’s directors and officers own less than 1% of the Fund’s Common Stock.

 

72

---

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements included in the annual report to the Fund’s stockholders for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 and together with the report of [●] for the Fund’s annual report, are incorporated herein by reference to the Fund’s annual report to stockholders. All other portions of the annual report to stockholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the registration statement, the SAI, the Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

[●] serves as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of the Fund and audits the financial statements of the Fund. [●] is located at [●].

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is The Bank of New York Mellon, 225 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10286. The custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. The Fund’s transfer, stockholder services and dividend paying agent is Computershare Inc., P.O. Box 43006, Providence, RI 02940-3078.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

As noted above, this statement of additional information is part of a registration statement filed with the SEC. Pursuant to the final rule and form amendments adopted by the SEC on April 8, 2020, the Fund is permitted to “incorporate by reference” certain information filed with the SEC, which means that the Fund can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus, and later information that the Fund files with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.

The documents listed below, and any reports and other documents subsequently filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 30(b)(2) under the 1940 Act and Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, prior to the termination of the offering will be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and deemed to be part of this Prospectus from the date of the filing of such reports and documents:

 

•

the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information, dated [●], 2025, filed with the accompanying Prospectus;

 

•

the Fund’s Annual Report on Form N-CSR, filed on [●], 2025;

 

•

the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report on Form N-CSRS, filed on July 30, 2024;

 

•

the Fund’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A, filed on March 6, 2024;

 

•

the Fund’s description of Common Stock on Form 8-A, filed on January 26, 2004.

You may obtain copies of any information incorporated by reference into this prospectus, at no charge, by calling toll-free (888) 777-0102 or by writing to the Fund at 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10018. The Fund’s periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 30(b)(2) of the 1940 Act and Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as this Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, are available on the Fund’s website http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov, free of charge, that contains these reports, the Fund’s proxy and information statements, and other information relating to the Fund.

 

73

---

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares of the Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC in Washington, D.C. The Fund’s Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Fund’s Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

74

---

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF S&P, MOODY’S AND FITCH RATINGS¹

S&P Global Ratings—A brief description of the applicable S&P Global Ratings and its affiliates (collectively, “S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:

ISSUE CREDIT RATING DEFINITIONS

An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:

 

•

The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

•

The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise we impute; and

 

•

The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

An issue rating is an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

“AAA”		An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.
“AA”		An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

 

1

The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most recent ratings available at the date of this Statement of Additional Information for the securities listed. Ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuance. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings indicated do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these securities on the date of the Fund’s fiscal year end.

 

A-1

---

“A”		An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.
“BBB”		An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C”		Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.
“BB”		An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“B”		An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“CCC”		An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“CC”		An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
“C”		An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.
“D”		An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
PLUS (+) OR MINUS (–)		The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

A-2

---

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

 

“A-1”		A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.
“A-2”		A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.
“A-3”		A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“B”		A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
“C”		A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“D”		A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

S&P uses the following qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a “p” qualifier, which indicates the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.

 

Federal deposit insurance limit: “L” qualifier		Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
Principal: “p” qualifier		This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.

 

A-3

---

Preliminary Ratings: “prelim” qualifier		Preliminary ratings, with the “prelim” suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below.

 

		Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
		•  Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
		•  Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
		•  Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities.
		•  Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
		•  A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
Termination Structures: “t” qualifier		This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
Counterparty Instrument Rating: “cir” qualifier		This symbol indicates a Counterparty Instrument Rating (CIR), which is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an issuer in a securitization structure with respect to a specific financial obligation to a counterparty (including interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and liquidity facilities). The CIR is determined on an ultimate payment basis; these opinions do not take into account timeliness of payment.

 

A-4

---

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

 

Contingent upon final documentation: “*” inactive qualifier		This symbol indicated that the rating was contingent upon S&P’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.
Termination of obligation to tender: “c” inactive qualifier		This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer was lowered to below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds were deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.
U.S. direct government securities: “G” inactive qualifier		The letter “G” followed the rating symbol when a fund’s portfolio consisted primarily of direct U.S. government securities.
Public Information Ratings: “pi” inactive qualifier		This qualifier was used to indicate ratings that were based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. Such ratings did not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore, could have been based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” suffix. Discontinued use as of December 2014 and as of August 2015 for Lloyd’s Syndicate Assessments.

 

Provisional Ratings: “pr” qualifier		The letters “pr” indicate that the rating was provisional. A provisional rating assumed the successful completion of a project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements was largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, made no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion.
Quantitative Analysis of public information “q” inactive qualifier		A “q” subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.
Extraordinary risks “r” inactive qualifier		The “r” modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating.
		The absence of an “r” modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation would not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. S&P discontinued the use of the “r” modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

 

A-5

---

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.—A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:

LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS RATINGS

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Moody’s defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default or impairment. The contractual financial obligations² addressed by Moody’s ratings are those that call for, without regard to enforceability, the payment of an ascertainable amount, which may vary based upon standard sources of variation (e.g., floating interest rates), by an ascertainable date. Moody’s rating addresses the issuer’s ability to obtain cash sufficient to service the obligation, and its willingness to pay.³ Moody’s ratings do not address non-standard sources of variation in the amount of the principal obligation (e.g., equity indexed), absent an express statement to the contrary in a press release accompanying an initial rating.⁴ Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.⁵, ⁶ Moody’s issues ratings at the issuer level and instrument level on both the long-term scale and the short-term scale. Typically, ratings are made publicly available although private and unpublished ratings may also be assigned.⁷

Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf ) to all

 

2	In the case of impairments, there can be a financial loss even when contractual obligations are met.

3	In some cases the relevant credit risk relates to a third party, in addition to, or instead of the issuer. Examples include credit-linked notes and guaranteed obligations.

4

Because the number of possible features or structures is limited only by the creativity of issuers, Moody’s cannot comprehensively catalogue all the types of non-standard variation affecting financial obligations, but examples include indexed values, equity values and cash flows, prepayment penalties, and an obligation to pay an amount that is not ascertainable at the inception of the transaction.

5

For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investors’ expectations for timely payment, long-term and short-term ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment (as defined below in this publication) and financial loss in the event of impairment.

6

Supranational institutions and central banks that hold sovereign debt or extend sovereign loans, such as the IMF or the European Central Bank, may not always be treated similarly to other investors and lenders with similar credit exposures. Long-term and short-term ratings assigned to obligations held by both supranational institutions and central banks, as well as other investors, reflect only the credit risks faced by other investors unless specifically noted otherwise.

7

Supranational institutions and central banks that hold sovereign debt or extend sovereign loans, such as the IMF or the European Central Bank, may not always be treated similarly to other investors and lenders with similar credit exposures. Long-term and short-term ratings assigned to obligations held by both supranational institutions and central banks, as well as other investors, reflect only the credit risks faced by other investors unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

A-6

---

structured finance ratings.⁸ The addition of (sf ) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf ) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.

Long-Term Rating Definitions:

 

“Aaa”		Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
“Aa”		Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
“A”		Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
“Baa”		Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
“Ba”		Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
“B”		Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
“Caa”		Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
“Ca”		Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
“C”		Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.^9*

 

8

Like other global scale ratings, (sf) ratings reflect both the likelihood of a default and the expected loss suffered in the event of default. Ratings are assigned based on a rating committee’s assessment of a security’s expected loss rate (default probability multiplied by expected loss severity), and may be subject to the constraint that the final expected loss rating assigned would not be more than a certain number of notches, typically three to five notches, above the rating that would be assigned based on an assessment of default probability alone. The magnitude of this constraint may vary with the level of the rating, the seasoning of the transaction, and the uncertainty around the assessments of expected loss and probability of default.

9

By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

 

A-7

---

MEDIUM-TERM NOTE PROGRAM RATINGS

Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (MTN) programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes).

MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g., senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs. A provisional rating is denoted by a (P) in front of the rating and is defined elsewhere in this document.

The rating assigned to a drawdown from a rated MTN or bank/deposit note program is definitive in nature, and may differ from the program rating if the drawdown is exposed to additional credit risks besides the issuer’s default, such as links to the defaults of other issuers, or has other structural features that warrant a different rating. In some circumstances, no rating may be assigned to a drawdown.

Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.

Short-Term Rating Definitions:

Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.¹⁰¹¹

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 

“P-1”		Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
“P-2”		Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
“P-3”		Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
“NP”		Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Fitch IBCA, Inc.—A brief description of the applicable Fitch IBCA, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

 

10	For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investors’ expectations for timely payment, the ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment (as defined below in this publication).

11

Supranational institutions and central banks that hold sovereign debt or extend sovereign loans, such as the IMF or the European Central Bank, may not always be treated similarly to other investors and lenders with similar credit exposures. Long-term and short-term ratings assigned to obligations held by both supranational institutions and central banks, as well as other investors, reflect only the credit risks faced by other investors unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

A-8

---

INTERNATIONAL ISSUER AND CREDIT RATING SCALES

The Primary Credit Rating Scales (those featuring the symbols “AAA”-“D” and “Fi”-“D”) are used for debt and financial strength ratings. The below section describes their use for issuers and obligations in corporate, public and structured finance debt markets.

Long-Term Ratings Scales—Issuer Credit Ratings Scales

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns, insurance companies and certain sectors within public finance, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.

 

“AAA”		Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
“AA”		Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
“A”		High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
“BBB”		Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
“BB”		Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.
“B”		Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
“CCC”		Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.
“CC”		Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

 

A-9

---

“C”		Near default. A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
		a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
		b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation;
		c. the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; or
		d. a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.
“RD”		Restricted default. “RD” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced:
		a. an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but
		b. has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and
		c. has not otherwise ceased operating.
		This would include:
		i. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
		ii. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
		iii. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
“D”		Default. “D” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
		Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.
		In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

 

A-10

---

Note: The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below “B”.

Limitations of the Issuer Credit Rating Scale:

Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:

 

•

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood or failure likelihood over any given time period.

 

•

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

•

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

•

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.

 

•

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.

 

•

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.

Short-Term Ratings—Short-Term Ratings Assigned to

Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

“F1”		Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
“F2”		Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
“F3”		Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
“B”		Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
“C”		High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
“RD”		Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
“D”		Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.

 

A-11

---

Limitations of the Short-Term Ratings Scale:

Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:

 

•

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

•

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

•

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

•

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.

 

•

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.

 

A-12

---

APPENDIX B

FRANKLIN TEMPLETON FUND ADVISER, LLC

Proxy Voting Policy

FTFA delegates to each subadviser the responsibility for voting proxies for its funds, as applicable, through its contracts with each subadviser. Each subadviser may use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies of the funds if the funds’ Board reviews and approves the use of those policies and procedures. Accordingly, FTFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for any of the funds.

Should FTFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of a subadviser to provide investment advisory services, FTFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained and the use of its proxy voting policies and procedures is authorized by the Board. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of FTFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at FTFA) and any fund, the Board of Directors of FTFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. FTFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations.

FTFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from each subadviser and providing them to the funds as required for the funds to comply with applicable rules under the Investment Company Act of 1940. FTFA shall also be responsible for coordinating the provision of information to the Board with regard to the proxy voting policies and procedures of each subadviser, including the actual proxy voting policies and procedures of each subadviser, changes to such policies and procedures, and reports on the administration of such policies and procedures.

 

B-1

---

APPENDIX C

CLEARBRIDGE INVESTMENTS

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

I.	Types of Accounts for Which ClearBridge Votes Proxies

 

II.	General Guidelines

 

III.	How ClearBridge Votes

 

IV.	Conflicts of Interest

 

A.

Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

 

B.

Procedures for Assessing Materiality of Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

 

C.

Third Party Proxy Voting Firm - Conflicts of Interest

 

V.	Voting Policy

 

A.

Election of Directors

 

B.

Proxy Contests

 

C.

Auditors

 

D.

Proxy Contest Defenses

 

E.

Tender Offer Defenses

 

F.

Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

 

G.

Capital Structure

 

H.

Executive and Director Compensation

 

I.

State/Country of Incorporation

 

J.

Mergers and Corporate Restructuring

 

K.

Social and Environmental Issues

 

L.

Miscellaneous

 

VI.	Other Considerations

 

A.

Share Blocking

 

B.

Securities on Loan

 

VII.	Disclosure of Proxy Voting

 

VIII.

Recordkeeping and Oversight

CLEARBRIDGE INVESTMENTS

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

I.	TYPES OF ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH CLEARBRIDGE VOTES PROXIES

ClearBridge votes proxies for each client for which it has investment discretion unless the investment management agreement provides that the client or other authorized party (e.g., a trustee or named fiduciary of a plan) is responsible for voting proxies.

 

C-1

---

II.	GENERAL GUIDELINES

In voting proxies, we are guided by general fiduciary principles. Our goal is to act prudently, solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of the accounts we manage. We attempt to provide for the consideration of all factors that could affect the value of the investment and will vote proxies in the manner that we believe will be consistent with efforts to maximize shareholder values.

 

III.	HOW CLEARBRIDGE VOTES

Section V of these policies and procedures sets forth certain stated positions. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a stated position, we generally vote in accordance with the stated position. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a list of factors set forth in Section V that we consider in voting on such issue, we consider those factors and vote on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is no stated position or list of factors that we consider in voting on such issue, we vote on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. We may utilize an external service provider to provide us with information and/or a recommendation with regard to proxy votes but we are not required to follow any such recommendations. The use of an external service provider does not relieve us of our responsibility for the proxy vote.

For routine matters, we usually vote according to our policy or the external service provider’s recommendation, although we are not obligated to do so and each individual portfolio management team may vote contrary to our policy or the recommendation of the external service provider. If a matter is non-routine, e.g., management’s recommendation is different than that of the external service provider and ClearBridge is a significant holder or it is a significant holding for ClearBridge, the issues will be highlighted to the appropriate investment teams. Different investment teams may vote differently on the same issue, depending upon their assessment of clients’ best interests.

ClearBridge’s policies are reviewed annually and its proxy voting process is overseen and coordinated by its Proxy Committee.

 

IV.	CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

In furtherance of ClearBridge’s goal to vote proxies in the best interests of clients, ClearBridge follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients.

 

A.

Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

ClearBridge relies on the following to seek to identify conflicts of interest with respect to proxy voting:

 

1.

ClearBridge’s employees are periodically reminded of their obligation (i) to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of ClearBridge with respect to voting proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of their personal relationships or personal or business relationships relating to another Franklin Resources, Inc. (“Franklin”) business unit, and (ii) to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of ClearBridge’s Chief Compliance Officer.

 

2.

ClearBridge’s finance area maintains and provides to ClearBridge Compliance and proxy voting personnel an up- to-date list of all client relationships that have historically accounted for or are projected to account for greater than 1% of ClearBridge’s net revenues.

 

3.

As a general matter, ClearBridge takes the position that relationships between a non ClearBridge Franklin unit and an issuer (e.g., investment management relationship between an issuer and a non-ClearBridge Franklin affiliate) do not present a conflict of interest for ClearBridge in voting proxies with respect to such issuer because ClearBridge operates as an

 

C-2

---

independent business unit from other Franklin business units and because of the existence of informational barriers between ClearBridge and certain other Franklin business units. As noted above, ClearBridge employees are under an obligation to bring such conflicts of interest, including conflicts of interest which may arise because of an attempt by another Franklin business unit or non-ClearBridge Franklin officer or employee to influence proxy voting by ClearBridge to the attention of ClearBridge Compliance.

 

4.

A list of issuers with respect to which ClearBridge has a potential conflict of interest in voting proxies on behalf of client accounts will be maintained by ClearBridge proxy voting personnel. ClearBridge will not vote proxies relating to such issuers until it has been determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method for resolving the conflict of interest has been agreed upon and implemented, as described in Section IV below.

 

B.	Procedures for Assessing Materiality of Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

 

1.

ClearBridge maintains a Proxy Committee which, among other things, reviews and addresses conflicts of interest brought to its attention. The Proxy Committee is comprised of such ClearBridge personnel (and others, at ClearBridge’s request), as are designated from time to time. The current members of the Proxy Committee are set forth in the Proxy Committee’s Terms of Reference.

 

2.

All conflicts of interest identified pursuant to the procedures outlined in Section IV. A. must be brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for resolution. A proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated ClearBridge position on such issue or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party generally is not brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for a conflict of interest review because ClearBridge’s position is that any conflict of interest issues are resolved by voting in accordance with a pre-determined policy or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party.

 

3.

The Proxy Committee will determine whether a conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appear to influence, ClearBridge’s decision-making in voting the proxy. All materiality determinations will be based on an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. A written record of all materiality determinations made by the Proxy Committee will be maintained.

 

4.

If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is not material, ClearBridge may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict.

 

5.

If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is material, the Proxy Committee will determine an appropriate method to resolve such conflict of interest before the proxy affected by the conflict of interest is voted. Such determination shall be based on the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue, the nature of the conflict of interest, etc. Such methods may include:

 

•

disclosing the conflict to clients and obtaining their consent before voting;

 

•

suggesting to clients that they engage another party to vote the proxy on their behalf;

 

•

in the case of a conflict of interest resulting from a particular employee’s personal relationships, removing such employee from the decision-making process with respect to such proxy vote; or

 

•

such other method as is deemed appropriate given the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue, the nature of the conflict of interest, etc.*

A written record of the method used to resolve a material conflict of interest shall be maintained.

^* Especially in the case of an apparent, as opposed to actual, conflict of interest, the Proxy Committee may resolve such conflict of interest by satisfying itself that ClearBridge’s proposed vote on a proxy issue is in the best interest of client accounts and is not being influenced by the conflict of interest.

 

C-3

---

C.

Third Party Proxy Voting Firm - Conflicts of Interest

With respect to a third-party proxy voting firm described herein, the Proxy Committee will periodically review and assess such firm’s policies, procedures and practices with respect to the disclosure and handling of conflicts of interest.

 

V.	VOTING POLICY

These are policy guidelines that can always be superseded, subject to the duty to act solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of accounts, by the investment management professionals responsible for the account holding the shares being voted. There may be occasions when different investment teams vote differently on the same issue. In addition, in the case of Taft-Hartley clients, ClearBridge will comply with a client direction to vote proxies in accordance with Institutional Shareholder Services’ (ISS) PVS Proxy Voting Guidelines, which ISS represents to be fully consistent with AFL-CIO guidelines.

 

A.

Election of Directors

 

1.

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections.

 

a.

We withhold our vote from a director nominee who:

 

•

attended less than 75 percent of the company’s board and committee meetings without a valid excuse (illness, service to the nation/local government, work on behalf of the company);

 

•

received more than 50 percent withheld votes of the shares cast at the previous board election, and the company has failed to address the issue as to why;

 

•

is a member of the company’s audit committee, when excessive non-audit fees were paid to the auditor, or there are chronic control issues and an absence of established effective control mechanisms;

 

•

is a member of the company’s compensation committee if the compensation committee ignore a say on pay proposal that a majority of shareholders opposed;

 

•

is a member of the company’s nominating committee and there is no gender diversity on the board (or those currently proposed for election to the board do not meet that criterion).

 

•

is a member of the company’s nominating committee and there is no racial/ethnic diversity on the board (or those currently proposed for election to the board do not meet that criterion).1

¹This position only applies to Anglo markets which is defined as US, Canada, UK, Ireland, Australia and New Zealand.

 

b.

We vote on a case-by-case basis in the following circumstances:

 

i.

Significant Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emitters – We will generally vote against the Chair of the board and the Chair of the responsible committee for companies that are significant GHG emitters in cases where the company is not taking the minimum steps needed to understand, assess, and mitigate risks related to climate change to the company and the larger economy. Minimum steps include detailed disclosure of climate-related risks, such as the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD); and, at this time, “appropriate” GHG emissions reductions targets (i.e., short-term and medium-term GHG reduction targets or net zero by 2050 GHG reduction targets).

 

C-4

---

ii.

Lack of Progress Towards Addressing Emissions – We may decide to vote against the Chair of the board and relevant Directors in connection with our net zero commitment if we determine that insufficient progress has been made towards addressing emissions. Such a vote against the Chair and Directors would be one of the final steps in our net zero escalation policy. A vote against the Chair and Directors would only be considered after extensive direct engagement with the company and where there is insufficient progress being made via engagement after several years. This vote would be placed on an ad hoc basis and only upon our specific request.

 

c.

We vote for all other director nominees.

 

2.

Chairman and CEO is the Same Person.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals that would require the positions of the Chairman and CEO to be held by different persons. We would generally vote FOR such a proposal unless there are compelling reasons to vote against the proposal, including:

 

•

Designation of a lead director

 

•

Majority of independent directors (supermajority)

 

•

All independent key committees

 

•

Size of the company (based on market capitalization)

 

•

Established governance guidelines

 

•

Company performance

 

3.

Majority of Independent Directors

 

a.

We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Generally that would require that the director have no connection to the company other than the board seat. In determining whether an independent director is truly independent (e.g. when voting on a slate of director candidates), we consider certain factors including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: whether the director or his/her company provided professional services to the company or its affiliates either currently or in the past year; whether the director has any transactional relationship with the company; whether the director is a significant customer or supplier of the company; whether the director is employed by a foundation or university that received significant grants or endowments from the company or its affiliates; and whether there are interlocking directorships.

b.

We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively.

 

4.

Stock Ownership Requirements

We vote against shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director, or to remain on the board.

 

5.

Term of Office

We vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors.

 

6.

Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

a.

Subject to subparagraphs 2, 3, and 4 below, we vote for proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection.

 

b.

We vote for proposals to limit and against proposals to eliminate entirely director and officer liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

 

C-5

---

c.

We vote against indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.

 

d.

We vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage noted in subparagraph 3 above in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if: (1) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, and (2) if only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

 

7.

Director Qualifications

 

a.

We vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Considerations include how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

 

b.

We vote against shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.

 

B.

Proxy Contests

 

1.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

We vote on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. Considerations include: chronology of events leading up to the proxy contest; qualifications of director nominees (incumbents and dissidents); for incumbents, whether the board is comprised of a majority of outside directors; whether key committees (i.e.: nominating, audit, compensation) comprise solely of independent outsiders; discussion with the respective portfolio manager(s).

 

2.

Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest. Considerations include: identity of persons who will pay solicitation expenses; cost of solicitation; percentage that will be paid to proxy solicitation firms.

 

C.

Auditors

 

1.

Ratifying Auditors

We vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position or there is reason to believe the independent auditor has not followed the highest level of ethical conduct. Specifically, we will vote to ratify auditors if the auditors only provide the company audit services and such other audit-related and non-audit services the provision of which will not cause such auditors to lose their independence under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

2.

Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports

We generally vote for management proposals seeking approval of financial accounts and reports and the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors or directors.

 

3.

Remuneration of Auditors

We vote for proposals to authorize the board or an audit committee of the board to determine the remuneration of auditors, unless there is evidence of excessive compensation relative to the size and nature of the company.

 

C-6

---

4.

Indemnification of Auditors

We vote against proposals to indemnify auditors.

 

D.

Proxy Contest Defenses

 

1.

Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

 

a.

We vote against proposals to classify the board.

 

b.

We vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

2.

Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

 

a.

We vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

 

b.

We vote for proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

c.

We vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

d.

We vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

3.

Cumulative Voting

 

a.

If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections, we vote for proposals to permit or restore cumulative voting.

 

b.

If majority voting is in place for uncontested director elections, we vote against cumulative voting.

 

c.

If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections, and proposals to adopt both cumulative voting and majority voting are on the same slate, we vote for majority voting and against cumulative voting.

 

4.

Majority Voting

We vote for non-binding and/or binding resolutions requesting that the board amend a company’s by-laws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of the votes cast, provided that it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. In addition, all resolutions need to provide for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats (i.e. contested election). In addition, ClearBridge strongly encourages companies to adopt a post-election director resignation policy setting guidelines for the company to follow to promptly address situations involving holdover directors.

 

5.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

a.

We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

 

b.

We vote for proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings, taking into account a minimum ownership threshold of 10 percent (and investor ownership structure, depending on bylaws).

 

6.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

a.

We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

 

b.

We vote for proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

 

7.

Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

 

a.

We vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.

 

C-7

---

b.

We vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

 

8.

Advance Notice Proposals

We vote on advance notice proposals on a case-by-case basis, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.

 

9.

Amendment of By-Laws

 

a.

We vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the by-laws.

 

b.

We vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the by-laws in addition to shareholders.

 

10.

Article Amendments (not otherwise covered by ClearBridge Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures).

We review on a case-by-case basis all proposals seeking amendments to the articles of association.

We vote for article amendments if:

 

•

shareholder rights are protected;

 

•

there is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value;

 

•

management provides adequate reasons for the amendments; and

 

•

the company is required to do so by law (if applicable).

 

E.

Tender Offer Defenses

 

1.

Poison Pills

 

a.

We vote for shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

 

b.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill. Considerations include: when the plan was originally adopted; financial condition of the company; terms of the poison pill.

 

c.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to ratify a poison pill. Considerations include: sunset provision - poison pill is submitted to shareholders for ratification or rejection every 2 to 3 years; shareholder redemption feature -10% of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the rights plan.

 

2.

Fair Price Provisions

 

a.

We vote for fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares.

 

b.

We vote for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.

 

3.

Greenmail

 

a.

We vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

 

b.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

 

4.

Unequal Voting Rights

 

a.

We vote against dual class exchange offers.

 

b.

We vote against dual class re-capitalization.

 

C-8

---

5.

Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws

 

a.

We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.

 

b.

We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

 

6.

Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

 

a.

We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

b.

We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

7.

White Knight/Squire Placements

We vote for shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues.

 

F.

Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

 

1.

Confidential Voting

 

a.

We vote for shareholder proposals that request corporations to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows: in the case of a contested election, management is permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

 

b.

We vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting subject to the proviso for contested elections set forth in sub-paragraph A.1. above.

 

2.

Equal Access

We vote for shareholder proposals that would allow significant company shareholders equal access to management’s proxy material in order to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.

 

3.

Bundled Proposals

We vote on a case-by-case basis on bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, we examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests and therefore not in the best interests of the beneficial owners of accounts, we vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, we support such proposals.

 

4.

Shareholder Advisory Committees

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee. Considerations include: rationale and cost to the firm to form such a committee. We generally vote against such proposals if the board and key nominating committees are comprised solely of independent/outside directors.

 

5.

Other Business

We vote for proposals that seek to bring forth other business matters.

 

6.

Adjourn Meeting

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals that seek to adjourn a shareholder meeting in order to solicit additional votes.

 

C-9

---

7.

Lack of Information

We vote against proposals if a company fails to provide shareholders with adequate information upon which to base their voting decision.

 

G.

Capital Structure

 

1.

Common Stock Authorization

 

a.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue, except as described in paragraph 2 below.

 

b.

Subject to paragraph 3, below we vote for the approval requesting increases in authorized shares if the company meets certain criteria:

 

•

Company has already issued a certain percentage (i.e. greater than 50%) of the company’s allotment.

 

•

The proposed increase is reasonable (i.e. less than 150% of current inventory) based on an analysis of the company’s historical stock management or future growth outlook of the company.

 

c.

We vote on a case-by-case basis, based on the input of affected portfolio managers, if holding is greater than 1% of an account.

 

2.

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the split.

 

3.

Reverse Stock Splits

We vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split, provided that the reverse split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the reverse split.

 

4.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

 

a.

We vote against proposals to create, authorize or increase the number of shares with regard to blank check preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution and other rights.

 

b.

We vote for proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

 

c.

We vote for proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

 

d.

We vote for proposals requiring a shareholder vote for blank check preferred stock issues.

 

5.

Adjust Par Value of Common Stock

We vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

 

6.

Preemptive Rights

 

a.

We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking to establish them and consider the following factors:

 

•

Size of the Company.

 

•

Characteristics of the size of the holding (holder owning more than 1% of the outstanding shares).

 

C-10

---

•

Percentage of the rights offering (rule of thumb less than 5%).

 

b.

We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking the elimination of pre-emptive rights.

 

7.

Debt Restructuring

We vote on a case-by-case basis for proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt-restructuring plan. Generally, we approve proposals that facilitate debt restructuring.

 

8.

Share Repurchase Programs

We vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

9.

Dual-Class Stock

We vote for proposals to eliminate dual-class structures, unless a company has a stated policy that stipulates that the dual class structure will be eliminated in a period not to exceed 5 years from its initial public offering.

 

10.

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

We vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

 

11.

Debt Issuance Requests

When evaluating a debt issuance request, the issuing company’s present financial situation is examined. The main factor for analysis is the company’s current debt-to-equity ratio, or gearing level. A high gearing level may incline markets and financial analysts to downgrade the company’s bond rating, increasing its investment risk factor in the process. A gearing level up to 100 percent is considered acceptable.

We vote for debt issuances for companies when the gearing level is between zero and 100 percent.

We view on a case-by-case basis proposals where the issuance of debt will result in the gearing level being greater than 100 percent. Any proposed debt issuance is compared to industry and market standards.

 

12.

Financing Plans

We generally vote for the adopting of financing plans if we believe they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

 

H.

Executive and Director Compensation

In general, we vote for executive and director compensation plans, with the view that viable compensation programs reward the creation of stockholder wealth by having high payout sensitivity to increases in shareholder value. Certain factors, however, such as repricing underwater stock options without shareholder approval, would cause us to vote against a plan. Additionally, in some cases we would vote against a plan deemed unnecessary.

 

1.

OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals

 

a.

Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grant or Amend Administrative Features

We vote for plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

C-11

---

b.

Amendments to Added Performance-Based Goals

We vote for amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

c.

Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA

We vote for amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

d.

Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans

We vote for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2.

Expensing of Options

We vote for proposals to expense stock options on financial statements.

 

3.

Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay

 

a.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on all shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information. Considerations include: cost and form of disclosure. We vote for such proposals if additional disclosure is relevant to shareholder’s needs and would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry.

 

b.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on all other shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay.

 

4.

Reports to Assess the Feasibility of Including Sustainability as a Performance Metric

We vote in favor of non-binding proposals for reports on the feasibility of including sustainability as a performance metric for senior executive compensation.

We have a policy of voting to reasonably limit the level of options and other equity-based compensation arrangements available to management to reasonably limit shareholder dilution and management compensation. For options and equity-based compensation arrangements, we vote FOR proposals or amendments that would result in the available awards being less than 10% of fully diluted outstanding shares (i.e. if the combined total of shares, common share equivalents and options available to be awarded under all current and proposed compensation plans is less than 10% of fully diluted shares). In the event the available awards exceed the 10% threshold, we would also consider the % relative to the common practice of its specific industry (e.g. technology firms). Other considerations would include, without limitation, the following:

 

•

Compensation committee comprised of independent outside directors

 

•

Maximum award limits

 

•

Repricing without shareholder approval prohibited

 

•

3-year average burn rate for company

 

•

Plan administrator has authority to accelerate the vesting of awards

 

•

Shares under the plan subject to performance criteria

 

5.

Golden Parachutes

 

a.

We vote for shareholder proposals to have golden parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.

 

b.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on all proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. Considerations include: the amount should not exceed 3 times average base salary plus guaranteed benefits; golden parachute should be less attractive than an ongoing employment opportunity with the firm.

 

C-12

---

6.

Golden Coffins

 

a.

We vote for shareholder proposals that request a company not to make any death benefit payments to senior executives’ estates or beneficiaries, or pay premiums in respect to any life insurance policy covering a senior executive’s life (“golden coffin”). We carve out benefits provided under a plan, policy or arrangement applicable to a broader group of employees, such as offering group universal life insurance.

 

b.

We vote for shareholder proposals that request shareholder approval of survivor benefits for future agreements that, following the death of a senior executive, would obligate the company to make payments or awards not earned.

 

7.

Anti-Tax Gross-up Policy

 

a.

We vote for proposals that ask a company to adopt a policy whereby it will not make, or promise to make, any tax gross-up payment to its senior executives, except for tax gross-ups provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company generally, such as relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy; we also vote for proposals that ask management to put gross-up payments to a shareholder vote.

 

b.

We vote against proposals where a company will make, or promise to make, any tax gross-up payment to its senior executives without a shareholder vote, except for tax gross-ups provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company generally, such as relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.

 

8.

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

We vote for proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is “excessive” (i.e., generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).

 

9.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

 

a.

We vote for qualified plans where all of the following apply:

 

•

The purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value

 

•

The offering period is 27 months or less

 

•

The number of shares allocated to the plan is five percent or less of outstanding shares

If the above do not apply, we vote on a case-by-case basis.

 

b.

We vote for non-qualified plans where all of the following apply:

 

•

All employees of the company are eligible to participate (excluding 5 percent or more beneficial owners)

 

•

There are limits on employee contribution (ex: fixed dollar amount)

 

•

There is a company matching contribution with a maximum of 25 percent of an employee’s contribution

 

•

There is no discount on the stock price on purchase date (since there is a company match)

If the above do not apply, we vote against the non-qualified employee stock purchase plan.

 

10.

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

We vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

 

C-13

---

11.

Stock Compensation Plans

 

a.

We vote for stock compensation plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.

 

b.

We vote on a case-by-case basis for stock compensation plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange using a quantitative model.

 

12.

Directors Retirement Plans

 

a.

We vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.

 

b.

We vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

 

13.

Management Proposals to Reprice Options

We vote against management proposals seeking approval to reprice options.

 

14.

Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay

 

a.

We vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

 

b.

We vote against shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.

 

c.

We vote against shareholder proposals to eliminate vesting of options and restricted stock on change of control.

 

d.

We vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricing to a shareholder vote.

 

e.

We vote for shareholder proposals that call for a non-binding advisory vote on executive pay (“say-on-pay”). Company boards would adopt a policy giving shareholders the opportunity at each annual meeting to vote on an advisory resolution to ratify the compensation of the named executive officers set forth in the proxy statement’s summary compensation table.

 

f.

We vote “annual” for the frequency of say-on-pay proposals rather than once every two or three years.

 

g.

We vote on a case-by-case basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

 

15.

Management Proposals on Executive Compensation

For non-binding advisory votes on executive officer compensation, when management and the external service provider agree, we vote for the proposal. When management and the external service provider disagree, the proposal becomes a refer item. In the case of a Refer item, the factors under consideration will include the following:

 

•

Company performance over the last 1, 3, and 5-year periods on a total shareholder return basis

 

•

Performance metrics for short- and long-term incentive programs

 

•

CEO pay relative to company performance (is there a misalignment)

 

•

Tax gross-ups to senior executives

 

•

Change-in-control arrangements

 

•

Presence of a clawback provision, ownership guidelines, or stock holding requirements for senior executives

 

C-14

---

16.

Stock Retention / Holding Period of Equity Awards

We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executives to retain all or a significant (>50 percent) portion of their shares acquired through equity compensation plans, either:

 

•

While employed and/or for one to two years following the termination of their employment; or

 

•

For a substantial period following the lapse of all other vesting requirements for the award, with ratable release of a portion of the shares annually during the lock-up period

The following factors will be taken into consideration:

 

•

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or named executive officer ownership requirements currently in place

 

•

Actual stock ownership of the company’s named executive officers

 

•

Policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by senior executives

 

•

Pay practices at the company that we deem problematic

 

I.

State/Country of Incorporation

 

1.

Voting on State Takeover Statutes

 

a.

We vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions.

 

b.

We vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

 

2.

Voting on Re-incorporation Proposals

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to change a company’s state or country of incorporation. Considerations include: reasons for re-incorporation (i.e. financial, restructuring, etc); advantages/benefits for change (i.e. lower taxes); compare the differences in state/country laws governing the corporation.

 

3.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

a.

We vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

 

b.

We vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

 

c.

We vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

 

d.

We vote for proposals to opt out of control share cashout statutes.

 

J.

Mergers and Corporate Restructuring

 

1.

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

a.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on mergers and acquisitions. Considerations include: benefits/advantages of the combined companies (i.e. economies of scale, operating synergies, increase in market power/share, etc.); offer price (premium or discount); change in the capital structure; impact on shareholder rights.

 

2.

Corporate Restructuring

 

a.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on corporate restructuring proposals involving minority squeeze outs and leveraged buyouts. Considerations include: offer price, other alternatives/offers considered and review of fairness opinions.

 

C-15

---

3.

Spin-offs

 

a.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on spin-offs. Considerations include the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.

 

4.

Asset Sales

 

a.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on asset sales. Considerations include the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.

 

5.

Liquidations

 

a.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on liquidations after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

 

6.

Appraisal Rights

 

a.

We vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

 

7.

Changing Corporate Name

 

a.

We vote for proposals to change the “corporate name”, unless the proposed name change bears a negative connotation.

 

8.

Conversion of Securities

 

a.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals regarding conversion of securities. Considerations include the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

 

9.

Stakeholder Provisions

 

a.

We vote against proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

 

K.

Social and Environmental Issues

When considering environmental and social (E&S) proposals, we have an obligation to vote proxies in the best interest of our clients, considering both shareholder value as well as societal impact.

 

1.

Sustainability Reporting

 

a.

We vote for proposals seeking greater disclosure on the company’s environmental, social & governance policies and practices;

 

b.

We vote for proposals that would require companies whose annual revenues are at least $5 billion to prepare a sustainability report. All others will be decided on a case-by-case basis.

 

2.

Diversity & Equality

 

a.

We vote for proposals supporting nomination of most qualified candidates, inclusive of a diverse pool of women and people of color, to the Board of Directors and senior management levels;

 

b.

We vote for proposals requesting comprehensive disclosure on board diversity;

 

c.

We vote for proposals requesting comprehensive disclosure on employee diversity;

 

d.

We vote for proposals requesting comprehensive reports on gender and racial pay disparity;

 

e.

We vote for proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity.

 

C-16

---

3.

Climate Risk Disclosure

 

a.

We vote for climate proposals that are not overly prescriptive seeking more disclosure on financial, physical or regulatory risks related to climate change and/or how the company measures and manages such risks;

 

b.

We vote for climate proposals that are not overly prescriptive requesting a report/disclosure of goals on GHG emissions reduction targets from company operations and/or products;

 

4.

Case-by-case E&S proposals (examples)

 

a.

Animal welfare policies;

 

b.

Human rights and related company policies;

 

c.

Talent acquisition and retention policies; we generally support proposals that enable a company to recruit, support and retain talent in a globally competitive world;

 

d.

Operations in high-risk or sensitive areas;

 

e.

Product integrity and marketing; and

 

f.

Proposals asking a company to conduct an independent racial equity and/or civil rights audit, which we generally support but vote on a case-by-case basis given the variability in the language.

 

L.

Miscellaneous

 

1.

Charitable Contributions

We vote against proposals to eliminate, direct or otherwise restrict charitable contributions.

 

2.

Political Contributions

We will vote in favor of non-binding proposals for reports on corporate lobbying and political contributions.

In general, we vote on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals pertaining to political contributions. In determining our vote on political contribution proposals we consider, among other things, the following:

 

•

Does the company have a political contributions policy publicly available

 

•

How extensive is the disclosure on these documents

 

•

What oversight mechanisms the company has in place for approving/reviewing political contributions and expenditures

 

•

Does the company provide information on its trade association expenditures

 

•

Total amount of political expenditure by the company in recent history

 

3.

Operational Items

 

a.

We vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

b.

We vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

c.

We vote for by-law or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

 

d.

We vote for management proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

 

e.

We vote against shareholder proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

 

C-17

---

f.

We vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as voting item.

 

4.

Routine Agenda Items

In some markets, shareholders are routinely asked to approve:

 

•

the opening of the shareholder meeting

 

•

that the meeting has been convened under local regulatory requirements

 

•

the presence of a quorum

 

•

the agenda for the shareholder meeting

 

•

the election of the chair of the meeting

 

•

regulatory filings

 

•

the allowance of questions

 

•

the publication of minutes

 

•

the closing of the shareholder meeting

We generally vote for these and similar routine management proposals.

 

5.

Allocation of Income and Dividends

We generally vote for management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the amount of the distribution is consistently and unusually small or large.

 

6.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives

 

a.

We vote for most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

 

b.

We vote against proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

ClearBridge has determined that registered investment companies, particularly closed end investment companies, raise special policy issues making specific voting guidelines frequently inapplicable. To the extent that ClearBridge has proxy voting authority with respect to shares of registered investment companies, ClearBridge shall vote such shares in the best interest of client accounts and subject to the general fiduciary principles set forth herein without regard to the specific voting guidelines set forth in Section V. A. through L.

The voting policy guidelines set forth herein will be reviewed annually and may be changed by ClearBridge in its sole discretion.

 

VI.	OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

In certain situations, ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies on behalf of a client because ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to the client of voting shares is outweighed by countervailing considerations. Examples of situations in which ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies on behalf of a client include:

 

A.

Share Blocking

Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking.” This means that shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting (e.g. one week) with a designated depositary. During the blocking period, shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares have been returned to client accounts by the

 

C-18

---

designated depositary. In deciding whether to vote shares subject to share blocking, ClearBridge will consider and weigh, based on the particular facts and circumstances, the expected benefit to clients of voting in relation to the detriment to clients of not being able to sell such shares during the applicable period.

 

B.

Securities on Loan

Certain clients of ClearBridge, such as an institutional client or a mutual fund for which ClearBridge acts as a sub-adviser, may engage in securities lending with respect to the securities in their accounts. ClearBridge typically does not direct or oversee such securities lending activities. To the extent feasible and practical under the circumstances, ClearBridge will request that the client recall shares that are on loan so that such shares can be voted if ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to the client of voting such shares outweighs the detriment to the client of recalling such shares (e.g., foregone income). The ability to timely recall shares for proxy voting purposes typically is not entirely within the control of ClearBridge and requires the cooperation of the client and its other service providers. Under certain circumstances, the recall of shares in time for such shares to be voted may not be possible due to applicable proxy voting record dates and administrative considerations.

 

VII.

DISCLOSURE OF PROXY VOTING

ClearBridge employees may not disclose to others outside of ClearBridge (including employees of other Franklin business units) how ClearBridge intends to vote a proxy absent prior approval from ClearBridge’s Chief Compliance Officer, except that a ClearBridge investment professional may disclose to a third party (other than an employee of another Franklin business unit) how s/he intends to vote without obtaining prior approval from ClearBridge’s Chief Compliance Officer if (1) the disclosure is intended to facilitate a discussion of publicly available information by ClearBridge personnel with a representative of a company whose securities are the subject of the proxy, (2) the company’s market capitalization exceeds $1 billion and (3) ClearBridge has voting power with respect to less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the company.

If a ClearBridge employee receives a request to disclose ClearBridge’s proxy voting intentions to, or is otherwise contacted by, another person outside of ClearBridge (including an employee of another Franklin business unit) in connection with an upcoming proxy voting matter, he/she should immediately notify ClearBridge’s Chief Compliance Officer.

If a portfolio manager wants to take a public stance with regards to a proxy, s/he must consult with ClearBridge’s Chief Compliance Officer before making or issuing a public statement.

 

VIII.

RECORDKEEPING AND OVERSIGHT

ClearBridge shall maintain the following records relating to proxy voting:

 

•

a copy of these policies and procedures;

 

•

a copy of each proxy form (as voted);

 

•

a copy of each proxy solicitation (including proxy statements) and related materials with regard to each vote;

 

•

documentation relating to the identification and resolution of conflicts of interest;

 

•

any documents created by ClearBridge that were material to a proxy voting decision or that memorialized the basis for that decision; and

 

•

a copy of each written client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by ClearBridge to any (written or oral) client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.

 

C-19

---

Such records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in an appropriate office of the ClearBridge adviser.

To the extent that ClearBridge is authorized to vote proxies for a United States Registered Investment Company, ClearBridge shall maintain such records as are necessary to allow such fund to comply with its recordkeeping, reporting and disclosure obligations under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

In lieu of keeping copies of proxy statements, ClearBridge may rely on proxy statements filed on the EDGAR system as well as on third party records of proxy statements and votes cast if the third party provides an undertaking to provide the documents promptly upon request.

 

C-20

---

APPENDIX D

WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

BACKGROUND

An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

POLICY

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)- 6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Franklin Templeton or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

PROCEDURE

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

 

D-1

---

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

 

1.

Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

 

2.

Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

 

3.

Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

 

4.

If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

 

5.

Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into the account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

6.

Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering, and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

 

a.

A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

 

b.

Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

 

c.

A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

 

d.

Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

 

D-2

---

e.

A proxy log including:

 

1.

Issuer name;

 

2.

Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

 

3.

Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

 

4.

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

5.

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

 

6.

Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

 

7.

A record of how the vote was cast; and

 

8.

Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest.

Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

 

1.

Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

 

2.

Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

 

3.

Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

 

D-3

---

1.	Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

 

a.

Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

 

i.

Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

 

ii.

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

 

iii.

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

 

iv.

Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

 

b.

Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

 

i.

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

 

ii.

Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

 

iii.

Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

 

iv.

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

 

c.

Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

 

i.

Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

 

ii.

Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

 

iii.

Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

 

d.

Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

 

e.

Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

 

D-4

---

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

 

i.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

 

ii.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

 

f.

Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

 

i.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

 

ii.

Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

 

2.

Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

 

i.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

 

ii.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

 

iii.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

 

3.

Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

 

a.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

 

b.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

 

4.

Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

 

a.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

 

b.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

 

D-5

---

c.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

 

d.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS

For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.

In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

Western Asset Management Company Limited

Proxy Voting and Corporate Actions Policy

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Franklin Templeton or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

RESPONSIBILITY AND OVERSIGHT

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the

Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

 

D-6

---

CLIENT AUTHORITY

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

PROXY GATHERING

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

PROXY VOTING

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

TIMING

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

RECORDKEEPING

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include: A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

 

D-7

---

Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

A proxy log including:

 

•

Issuer name;

 

•

Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

 

•

Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

 

•

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

•

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

 

•

Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

 

•

A record of how the vote was cast; and

 

•

Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

DISCLOSURE

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

VOTING GUIDELINES

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

 

D-8

---

BOARD APPROVAL PROPOSALS

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

Matters relating to the Board of Directors — Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

Matters relating to Executive Compensation — Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by- case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

Matters relating to Capitalization — The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board- approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock;

Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits);

Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs;

 

D-9

---

Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions;

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions;

Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures — Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans; Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

Other Business Matters — Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws;

Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans;

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals;

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

VOTING SHARES OF INVESTMENT COMPANIES

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios;

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

VOTING SHARES OF FOREIGN ISSUERS

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

 

D-10

---

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management;

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees;

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated;

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS

For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary.

Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the Investment Manager.

In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

CORPORATE ACTIONS

Western Asset must pay strict attention to any corporate actions that are taken with respect to issuers whose securities are held in client accounts. For example, Western Asset must review any tender offers, rights offerings, etc., made in connection with securities owned by clients. Western Asset must also act in a timely manner and in the best interest of each client with respect to any such corporate actions.

Western Asset Management Company Ltd (“WAMJ”)

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

POLICY

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies for WAMJ is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

 

D-11

---

In exercising its voting authority, WAMJ will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Franklin Templeton or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

PROCEDURE

Responsibility and Oversight

The WAMJ Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Operations (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority, WAMJ will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if WAMJ becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If WAMJ personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

 

e.

Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

 

f.

Impacted accounts are checked to confirm WAMJ voting authority.

 

g.

Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

 

h.

If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and WAMJ obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle), WAMJ seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

 

i.

Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, WAMJ may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

D-12

---

j.

Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

WAMJ personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

WAMJ maintains records of proxies. These records include:

 

a.

A copy of WAMJ’s policies and procedures.

 

b.

Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

 

c.

A copy of any document created by WAMJ that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

 

d.

Each written client request for proxy voting records and WAMJ’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

 

e.

A proxy log including:

 

i.

Issuer name;

 

ii.

Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

 

iii.

Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

 

iv.

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

v.

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

 

vi.

Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

 

vii.

A record of how the vote was cast; and

 

viii.

Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in WAMJ’s offices.

Disclosure

WAMJ’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

 

1.

Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

 

2.

Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

 

D-13

---

3.

Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

WAMJ’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

 

1b.

Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, WAMJ generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

 

1.

Matters relating to the Board of Directors

WAMJ votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

 

i.

Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

 

ii.

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

 

iii.

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

 

iv.

Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

 

b.

Matters relating to Executive Compensation

WAMJ generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long- term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

 

i.

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, WAMJ votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

 

ii.

WAMJ votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

 

iii.

WAMJ votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

 

iv.

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, WAMJ votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

 

D-14

---

c.

Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where WAMJ is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

 

i.

WAMJ votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

 

ii.

WAMJ votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

 

iii.

WAMJ votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

 

d.

Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

WAMJ votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

 

e.

Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

WAMJ votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

 

i.

WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

 

ii.

WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

 

f.

Other Business Matters

WAMJ votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

 

i.

WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

 

ii.

WAMJ votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

 

2b.

Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. WAMJ votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

 

a.

WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

 

iii.

WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with WAMJ’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

 

iv.

WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

 

3b.

Voting Shares of Investment Companies

WAMJ may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

 

•

WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

 

D-15

---

•

WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

 

4b.

Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event WAMJ is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

 

1.

WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

 

g.

WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

 

h.

WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. (“WAMS”)

Compliance Policies and Procedures

Proxy Voting

WAMS has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and the applicable laws and regulations. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, WAMS will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Franklin Templeton or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

Procedure

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

 

D-16

---

Client Authority

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

 

1.

Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

 

2.

Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

 

3.

Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. [See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.]

 

4.

If a material conflict of interest exists, (4.1) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (4.2) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

 

5.

Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

6.

Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (4) or (5) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

 

•

A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

 

D-17

---

•

Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

 

•

A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

 

•

Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

 

•

A proxy log including:

 

•

Issuer name;

 

•

Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

 

•

Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

 

•

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

•

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

 

•

Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

 

•

A record of how the vote was cast; and

Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team. Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

 

•

Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, it affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

 

•

Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

 

•

Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part 1 deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part 2 deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part 3 addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part 4 addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

 

D-18

---

Part 1 Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

 

•

Matters relating to the Board of Directors.

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

 

•

Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

 

•

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

 

•

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

 

•

Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

 

•

Matters relating to Executive Compensation.

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

 

•

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

 

•

Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or re-pricing of underwater options.

 

•

Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

 

•

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

 

•

Matters relating to Capitalization.

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

 

•

Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

 

•

Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

 

•

Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

 

•

Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions. Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

 

D-19

---

•

Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures. Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

 

•

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder right plans.

 

•

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

 

•

Other Business Matters. Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

 

•

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

 

•

Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

Part 2 Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

 

•

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

 

•

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

 

•

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

Part 3 Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts 1 and 2 above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

 

•

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

 

•

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g. proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

Part 4 Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers –i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

 

•

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

 

•

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

 

D-20

---

•

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

 

•

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have pre-emptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have pre-emptive rights.

Retirement Accounts

For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the Investment Manager.

In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (1) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (2) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

 

D-21

---

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

(1)	Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2023

 

Part A

Financial Highlights

 

Part B

Incorporated into Part B by reference to Registrant’s most recent Certified Shareholder Report on Form N-CSR, filed January 30, 2024, as amended on April 17, 2024 (File No. 811-21467):

 

Schedule of Investments as of November 30, 2023

 

Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of November 30, 2023

 

Statement of Operations for the Year Ended November 30, 2023

 

Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Year Ended November 30, 2023

 

Notes to Financial Statements for the Year Ended November 30, 2023

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the Year Ended November 30, 2023

 

(2)		Exhibits
(a)(1)		Articles of Incorporation, dated November 12, 2003(1)
(a)(2)		Articles of Amendment, dated December 19, 2003(2)
(a)(3)		Articles of Amendment, dated September 19, 2006(3)
(b)		Fourth Amended and Restated By-Laws(4)
(c)		Not Applicable
(d)		Articles V and VIII of Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference.
(e)		Dividend Reinvestment Plan**
(f)		Not Applicable
(g)(1)		Investment Management Agreement between the Registrant and Franklin Templeton Fund Adviser, LLC (f/k/a Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC) **
(g)(2)		Subadvisory Agreement between Franklin Templeton Fund Adviser, LLC (f/k/a Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC) and ClearBridge Investments, LLC**
(g)(3)		Subadvisory Agreement between Franklin Templeton Fund Adviser, LLC (f/k/a Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC) and Western Asset Management Company, LLC**
(g)(4)		Subadvisory Agreement between Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited**
(h)(1)		Underwriting Agreement**
(i)		Not Applicable
(j)(1)		Custodian Services Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon, dated January 1, 2018**
(j)(2)		Amendment No. 9 to the Custodian Services Agreement, dated May 1, 2021, with The Bank of New York Mellon, dated January 1, 2018**
(k)(1)		Transfer Agency and Services Agreement with Computershare Inc., dated March 14, 2016**
(k)(2)		Amendment No. 9 to the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement, dated March 19, 2021, with Computershare Inc., dated March 14, 2016**

 

1

---

(k)(3)		Margin Loan and Security Agreement with Bank of America, N.A., dated May 6, 2022**
(l)		Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP**
(m)		Not Applicable
(n)		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm**
(o)		Not Applicable
(p)		Not Applicable
(q)		Not Applicable
(r)(1)		Code of Ethics of the Fund and FTFA**
(r)(2)		Code of Ethics of ClearBridge**
(r)(3)		Code of Ethics of Western Asset**
(s)		Filing Fee Table(5)
(t)		Power of Attorney(5)

 

(1)	Filed on November 14, 2003 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-110512 and 811-21467) and incorporated by reference herein.

(2)	Filed on December 22, 2003 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-110512 and 811-21467) and incorporated by reference herein.

(3)	Filed on December 29, 2006 with the Registrant’s Form NSAR-B (File No. 811-21467) and incorporated by reference herein.

(4)	Filed on November 20, 2024 with the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 811-21467) and incorporated by reference herein.

(5)	Filed herewith.

**	To be filed by amendment.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

Reference is made to the sales agreement for the Registrant’s common stock incorporated by reference herein or the form of underwriting agreement to be filed as an exhibit in a post-effective amendment to the Registrant’s Registration Statement and the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” contained in Registrant’s Prospectus incorporated by reference herein.

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:

 

SEC registration fees		$	[●]
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority fees			[●]
Accounting fees and expenses			[●]
Legal fees and expenses			[●]
Total		$	[●]

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant

None.

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

At [●], 2025:

 

Title of Class		Number of Record Holders
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share		[●]

 

2

---

Item 30. Indemnification

Sections (1) to (3) of Article VII of the Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation, incorporated by reference as Exhibit (a) to this Registration Statement, provide that:

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no current or former director or officer of the Registrant shall have any liability to the Registrant or its stockholders for money damages. This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Registrant whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.

The Registrant shall indemnify and advance expenses to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by Maryland statutory or decisional law. The Registrant shall indemnify and advance expenses to its officers to the same extent as its directors and may do so to such further extent as is consistent with law. The Board of Directors may by By-Law, resolution or agreement make further provision for indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Maryland statutory or decisional law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Board of Directors may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such By-Laws, resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. This indemnification applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Registrant whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.

No provision of the Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Registrant against any liability to the Registrant or its security holders to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Adviser

The descriptions of FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset London under the caption “Management of the Fund” in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of this registration statement are incorporated by reference herein. Information as to the directors and officers of FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset London, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of FTFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset London in the last two years, is included in their respective applications for registration as an investment adviser on Form ADV (File Nos. 801-66785, 801-64710, 801-08162 and 801-21068, respectively) filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

3

---

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained at the office of the Registrant at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

Item 33. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

1. Not applicable.

2. Not applicable.

3. The Registrant undertakes:

(a) to file, during a period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

(1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.

Provided, however, that paragraphs a(1), a(2), and a(3) of this section do not apply to the extent the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference into the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment to this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

 

4

---

(1) if the Registrant is relying on Rule 430B [17 CFR 230.430B]:

(A) Each prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

(B) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (x), or (xi) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

(2) if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(e) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

(1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act;

 

5

---

(2) free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

(3) the portion of any other free writing prospectus or advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(4) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser

4. Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act:

(a) the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) shall be deemed to be a part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(b) each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

5. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference into the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

6. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

7. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any prospectus or Statement of Additional Information.

 

6

---

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on the 10th day of January, 2025.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following person in the capacity and on the date indicated.

 

Signature		Title		Date
/s/ Jane E. Trust Jane Trust		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)		January 10, 2025
/s/ Christopher Berarducci Christopher Berarducci		Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer		January 10, 2025
/s/ Robert D. Agdern* Robert D. Agdern		Director		January 10, 2025
/s/ Carol L. Colman* Carol L. Colman		Director		January 10, 2025
/s/ Eileen A. Kamerick* Eileen A. Kamerick		Chair, Director		January 10, 2025
/s/ Nisha Kumar* Nisha Kumar		Director		January 10, 2025
/s/ Anthony Grillo* Anthony Grillo		Director		January 10, 2025
/s/ Peter Mason* Peter Mason		Director		January 10, 2025
/s/ Hillary A. Sale* Hillary A. Sale		Director		January 10, 2025

 

*By:		/s/ Jane E. Trust
		Jane Trust
		As Agent or Attorney-in-fact
January 10, 2025

The original power of attorney authorizing Jane Trust to execute this Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, for the Directors of the Registrant on whose behalf this Registration Statement is filed herewith as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2.

 

7

---

Schedule of Exhibits to Form N-2

 

Exhibit No.		Exhibit
(s)		Filing Fee Table
(t)		Power of Attorney

 

8

Calculation of Filing Fee Tables

FORM N-2

(Form Type)

LMP Capital & Income Fund Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Table 1: Newly Registered and Carry Forward Securities

 

Security Type

Security Class Title

Fee Calculation or Carry Forward Rule

Amount Registered

Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit

Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)

Fee Rate

Amount of Registration Fee

Carry Forward Form Type

Carry Forward File Number

Carry Forward Initial effective date

Filing Fee Previously Paid In Connection with Unsold Securities to be Carried Forward

Newly Registered Securities

Fees to Be Paid

Equity

Common Stock

457(o)

$1,000,000

$153.10

$153.10

Fees to Be Paid

Other

Rights to Purchase Shares of Common Stock(2)

—

—

Fees Previously Paid

Equity

Common Stock

457(o)

—

Carry Forward Securities

Carry Forward Securities

Total Offering Amounts

$1,000,000

$153.10

Total Fees Previously Paid

Total Fee Offsets

Net Fee Due

$153.10

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2) No separate consideration will be received by the Registrant. Any shares issued pursuant to an offering of rights to purchase shares of common stock, including any shares issued pursuant to an over-subscription privilege or a secondary over-subscription privilege, will be shares registered under this Registration Statement.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby makes, constitutes and appoints each of Jane E. Trust, Christopher Berarducci and Marc De Oliveira with full power to act without the other, as his or her agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing in his or her name, in his or her capacity as a Director and/or officer of LMP Capital & Income Fund Inc., a registration statement on Form N-2 (including amendments, post-effective amendments and prospectus supplements thereto) and all other documents in connection therewith, including, without limitation, any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable.

All past acts of an attorney-in-fact in furtherance of the foregoing are hereby ratified and confirmed.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

This power of attorney shall be valid from the date hereof until revoked by me.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this instrument as of the 30th day of December, 2024.

 

/s/ Jane E. Trust
Jane E. Trust		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
/s/ Christopher Berarducci
Christopher Berarducci		Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
/s/ Robert D. Agdern
Robert D. Agdern		Director
/s/ Carol L. Colman
Carol L. Colman		Director
/s/ Eileen A. Kamerick
Eileen A. Kamerick		Chair, Director
/s/ Nisha Kumar
Nisha Kumar		Director
/s/ Anthony Grillo
Anthony Grillo		Director
/s/ Peter Mason
Peter Mason		Director
/s/ Hillary A. Sale
Hillary A. Sale		Director

---